From a84215490d015f2cc8dcee387ae2a2fb354bd759 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:03:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 001/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 554cadb533..452ab88ebd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1796,9 +1796,8 @@ ROM 9 33 h3tw figs-possession λίθον προσκόμματος 1 stone of stu ROM 9 33 c8t8 figs-possession πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rock that causes offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 33 knfh figs-abstractnouns σκανδάλου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that offends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 33 tu4i figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 believes in it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not shame the one who believes on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)

Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 8.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 18-20 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s righteousness

Paul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Hebrew people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”

Paul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 1 pi37 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues stating his desire for Israel to believe but emphasizes that both those who are Jews as well as everyone else can only be saved by faith in Jesus. -ROM 10 1 hj4b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s righteousness\n\nPaul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”\n\nPaul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation Alternate translation: “is that God will save the Jews” ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them Alternate translation: “I declare truthfully about them” From e71840d3ddaa90a2c73701242eb682799493a325 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:14:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 452ab88ebd..4022d87be8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)

### Who wrote the book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to Paul’s audience. There are only four instances of singular “you,” three of which are quotations from the Old Testament ([9:7](../09/07.md), [17](../09/17.md); [13:4](../13/04.md), [15:9](../15/09.md)). Those exceptions will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Romans\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–15)\n2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)\n3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)\n4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)\n5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n\n### Who wrote the book of Romans?\n\nThe Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.\n\n### What is the book of Romans about?\n\nPaul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).\n\nIn this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?\n\nIn Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).\n\n### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?\n\nPaul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”\n\nTranslators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?\n\nThe idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”\n\nIn [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?\n\nThe phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.\n\nThese phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.\n\nNevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?\n\nFor the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.\n\n* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”\n* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”\n\nThe following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.\n\n* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
* Greeting (1:1–7)
* Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
* All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The gospel

This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a Gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: Everyone has sinned. Jesus died for our sins. Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die.

### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God

In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “God gave them over”

Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires, he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 x3em figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 1 1 plvo translate-names Παῦλος 1 Paul **Paul** is the name of a man, an apostle of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Romans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From cabbc7f50cb0264f1fdf575a165a48ebf44222ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:15:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4022d87be8..32582ba9fe 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ ROM 7 25 dzjl grammar-collectivenouns νόμῳ Θεοῦ 1 See how you transla ROM 7 25 cdkb figs-ellipsis τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but with the flesh, I serve the law of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 7 25 fm51 figs-metaphor τῇ…σαρκὶ 1 Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to his sinful nature. See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 25 he4l figs-metaphor νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 23](../07/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)
* The Holy Spirit dwells in Christians (8:1–27)
* Christians have confidence in God’s love (8:28–8:39)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Indwelling of the Spirit

In [verses 9–17](../08/09.md) and [26–27](../08/26.md) Paul says that Holy Spirit dwells inside Christians to help them stop sinning and to intercede for them. The presence of the Holy Spirit within a person indicates that that person is a genuine Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### Predestination

Many scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” See the use of the word “predestined” in [verses 28–30](../08/28.md) and “elect” in [verse 33](../08/33.md). Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]])## Important figures of speech in this chapter

## Important figure of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

In [verses 24](../08/24.md) and [31–35](../08/31.md) Paul uses rhetorical questions in order to emphasize that what he is saying is true. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Litany

In [verses 35](../08/35.md) and [38–39(../08/38.md) Paul uses a repetitive series of words or phrases in order to emphasize the nothing can ever stop God from loving those who believe in Jesus. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

Paul uses “flesh” in a variety of ways throughout this letter. In this chapter he frequently uses it to refer to sinful human nature. However, he uses “flesh” to refer to Christ’s physical body in [verse 3](../08/03.md). Every use of “flesh” will be discussed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 12](../08/12.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)\n * Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)\n * Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)\n * Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)\n * The law is not sinful (7:7–12)\n * Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)\n * The Holy Spirit dwells in Christians (8:1–27)\n * Christians have confidence in God’s love (8:28–8:39)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Indwelling of the Spirit\n\nIn [verses 9–17](../08/09.md) and [26–27](../08/26.md) Paul says that Holy Spirit dwells inside Christians to help them stop sinning and to intercede for them. The presence of the Holy Spirit within a person indicates that that person is a genuine Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n### Predestination\n\nMany scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” See the use of the word “predestined” in [verses 28–30](../08/28.md) and “elect” in [verse 33](../08/33.md). Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]])## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n## Important figure of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [verses 24](../08/24.md) and [31–35](../08/31.md) Paul uses rhetorical questions in order to emphasize that what he is saying is true. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Flesh\n\nPaul uses “flesh” in a variety of ways throughout this letter. In this chapter he frequently uses it to refer to sinful human nature. However, he uses “flesh” to refer to Christ’s physical body in [verse 3](../08/03.md). Every use of “flesh” will be discussed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])\n\n### Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 12](../08/12.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 8 1 xq2y grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα 1 Here, **therefore now** marks the beginning of a new section in the letter. It also introduces a result clause that concludes what Paul discussed in chapters 5–7. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Since all these things are true, there is no condemnation at all” or “As a result of everything that I have just told you being true, there is no condemnation at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-abstractnouns κατάκριμα 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus See how you translated this abstract noun in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 1 ti0g figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 9209fbe4c23642c0a9aeba288217644dbb997b55 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:17:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 32582ba9fe..6715bb3ddd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ ROM 9 33 h3tw figs-possession λίθον προσκόμματος 1 stone of stu ROM 9 33 c8t8 figs-possession πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rock that causes offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 33 knfh figs-abstractnouns σκανδάλου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that offends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 33 tu4i figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 believes in it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not shame the one who believes on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s righteousness\n\nPaul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”\n\nPaul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s righteousness\n\nPaul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”\n\nIn [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to Paul’s audience. There are only four instances of singular “you,” three of which are quotations from the Old Testament ([9:7](../09/07.md), [17](../09/17.md); [13:4](../13/04.md), [15:9](../15/09.md)). Those exceptions will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”\n\nPaul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation Alternate translation: “is that God will save the Jews” From 50e99c9221f09b03535f487d9201e802a9394e2c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:20:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6715bb3ddd..88a392ccd6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ ROM 9 33 h3tw figs-possession λίθον προσκόμματος 1 stone of stu ROM 9 33 c8t8 figs-possession πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rock that causes offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 33 knfh figs-abstractnouns σκανδάλου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that offends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 33 tu4i figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 believes in it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not shame the one who believes on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s righteousness\n\nPaul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”\n\nIn [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to Paul’s audience. There are only four instances of singular “you,” three of which are quotations from the Old Testament ([9:7](../09/07.md), [17](../09/17.md); [13:4](../13/04.md), [15:9](../15/09.md)). Those exceptions will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”\n\nPaul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s righteousness\n\nPaul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”\n\nIn [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the pronouns “they,” “them,” and “their” always refer to the Jewish people. However, those pronouns refer to various things and people in [verses 5–21](../10/05.md), which will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”\n\nPaul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation Alternate translation: “is that God will save the Jews” From 094d5f98c8fe2a3d8057de618a03efc6d512be9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:35:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 88a392ccd6..46738af108 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ ROM 9 33 knfh figs-abstractnouns σκανδάλου 1 If your language does not ROM 9 33 tu4i figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 believes in it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not shame the one who believes on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s righteousness\n\nPaul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”\n\nIn [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the pronouns “they,” “them,” and “their” always refer to the Jewish people. However, those pronouns refer to various things and people in [verses 5–21](../10/05.md), which will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”\n\nPaul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation Alternate translation: “is that God will save the Jews” ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them Alternate translation: “I declare truthfully about them” ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 9dac2581f5060d4a5cd916bb313ed3d3cca4bb66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:36:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 46738af108..76a570e64f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1798,7 +1798,8 @@ ROM 9 33 knfh figs-abstractnouns σκανδάλου 1 If your language does not ROM 9 33 tu4i figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 believes in it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not shame the one who believes on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s righteousness\n\nPaul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”\n\nIn [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the pronouns “they,” “them,” and “their” always refer to the Jewish people. However, those pronouns refer to various things and people in [verses 5–21](../10/05.md), which will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”\n\nPaul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 1 v3jp figs-metonymy 1 my heart’s desire ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας +ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my inner being” or “of my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation Alternate translation: “is that God will save the Jews” ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them Alternate translation: “I declare truthfully about them” ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 7bd7ec01644450e3f8624aa2a1c0241aa0c0c07c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:39:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 76a570e64f..3c58abd12c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ ROM 9 33 knfh figs-abstractnouns σκανδάλου 1 If your language does not ROM 9 33 tu4i figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 believes in it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not shame the one who believes on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s righteousness\n\nPaul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”\n\nIn [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the pronouns “they,” “them,” and “their” always refer to the Jewish people. However, those pronouns refer to various things and people in [verses 5–21](../10/05.md), which will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”\n\nPaul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 10 1 v3jp figs-metonymy 1 my heart’s desire ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας +ROM 10 1 v3jp figs-abstractnouns ἡ…εὐδοκία…ἡ δέησις…σωτηρίαν 1 my heart’s desire If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good pleasure**, **prayer**, and **salvation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the very pleasing thing … what I pray … them to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my inner being” or “of my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation Alternate translation: “is that God will save the Jews” ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them Alternate translation: “I declare truthfully about them” From 04965c5b562444e4968588e8d4df7619e3a45b1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:54:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3c58abd12c..44e6e3b04e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\ ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 1 v3jp figs-abstractnouns ἡ…εὐδοκία…ἡ δέησις…σωτηρίαν 1 my heart’s desire If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good pleasure**, **prayer**, and **salvation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the very pleasing thing … what I pray … them to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my inner being” or “of my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation Alternate translation: “is that God will save the Jews” +ROM 10 1 tmf2 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** in [verses 1–4](../10/01.md) refers to Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them Alternate translation: “I declare truthfully about them” ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God Alternate translation: “they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself” From 2e8c655d5e4e99ead237423a381ab88c691e4670 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 18:26:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 44e6e3b04e..f8bc69c7da 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1801,7 +1801,9 @@ ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you transl ROM 10 1 v3jp figs-abstractnouns ἡ…εὐδοκία…ἡ δέησις…σωτηρίαν 1 my heart’s desire If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good pleasure**, **prayer**, and **salvation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the very pleasing thing … what I pray … them to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my inner being” or “of my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 1 tmf2 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** in [verses 1–4](../10/01.md) refers to Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them Alternate translation: “I declare truthfully about them” +ROM 10 2 y7qg grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I feel this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 10 2 adka figs-abstractnouns ζῆλον…ἔχουσιν…οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **zeal** and **full knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the are zealous … not by fully knowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 2 rjqd figs-possession ζῆλον Θεοῦ ἔχουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **zeal** that is directed toward **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they have a zeal for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God Alternate translation: “they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself” ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law Alternate translation: “For Christ completely fulfilled the law” From feb02f15adc93bd8d0792233802021a0cc752a86 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 18:34:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f8bc69c7da..448e2ed002 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1804,6 +1804,7 @@ ROM 10 1 tmf2 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** in [verses 1 ROM 10 2 y7qg grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I feel this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 10 2 adka figs-abstractnouns ζῆλον…ἔχουσιν…οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **zeal** and **full knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the are zealous … not by fully knowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 2 rjqd figs-possession ζῆλον Θεοῦ ἔχουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **zeal** that is directed toward **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they have a zeal for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 10 2 pxyj figs-ellipsis οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they have zeal of God that is not according to full knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God Alternate translation: “they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself” ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law Alternate translation: “For Christ completely fulfilled the law” From fa91645fa5d3428b9c33f04d20f8616c68f15df8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:13:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 448e2ed002..45cdb0a978 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1805,7 +1805,9 @@ ROM 10 2 y7qg grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that wh ROM 10 2 adka figs-abstractnouns ζῆλον…ἔχουσιν…οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **zeal** and **full knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the are zealous … not by fully knowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 2 rjqd figs-possession ζῆλον Θεοῦ ἔχουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **zeal** that is directed toward **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they have a zeal for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 2 pxyj figs-ellipsis οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they have zeal of God that is not according to full knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 3 e7p2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-possession τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **the righteousness of God** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 10 3 dgjn figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous on their own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\r\n\r ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God Alternate translation: “they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself” ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law Alternate translation: “For Christ completely fulfilled the law” ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here, **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From ae431b63c87f58098011aa152b53a7b0532bced9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:14:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 45cdb0a978..a317b58ebf 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ ROM 10 2 rjqd figs-possession ζῆλον Θεοῦ ἔχουσιν 1 Paul is u ROM 10 2 pxyj figs-ellipsis οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they have zeal of God that is not according to full knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 3 e7p2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-possession τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **the righteousness of God** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 10 3 dgjn figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous on their own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\r\n\r +ROM 10 3 dgjn figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous on their own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God Alternate translation: “they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself” ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law Alternate translation: “For Christ completely fulfilled the law” ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here, **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 4cd8039a496a7bdd17a5c108e70bdb9416b86436 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:25:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a317b58ebf..4cb493131b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@ ROM 10 2 pxyj figs-ellipsis οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 Paul is leavi ROM 10 3 e7p2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-possession τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **the righteousness of God** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 3 dgjn figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous on their own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God Alternate translation: “they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself” +ROM 10 3 a6r4 figs-personification τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God Here Paul speaks of **the righteousness of God** as if it were a person whom someone could **submit** to. He means that they refused to attain righteousness in the way God requires, which is by faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they refuse to receive the righteousness of God according to his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law Alternate translation: “For Christ completely fulfilled the law” ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here, **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qby2 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” From ac957c59e971109a2b40487b052857d1f800436d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 21:23:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4cb493131b..9b643e037a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1809,8 +1809,11 @@ ROM 10 3 e7p2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that wh ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-possession τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **the righteousness of God** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 3 dgjn figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous on their own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 10 3 a6r4 figs-personification τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God Here Paul speaks of **the righteousness of God** as if it were a person whom someone could **submit** to. He means that they refused to attain righteousness in the way God requires, which is by faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they refuse to receive the righteousness of God according to his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law Alternate translation: “For Christ completely fulfilled the law” -ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here, **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 4 x1w8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the Jews were wrong to try to make themselves righteous, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They were wrong to seek to establish their own righteousness because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 4 a9up figs-abstractnouns τέλος 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **completion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is what completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 4 y3sx grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +ROM 10 4 nprh grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, **for** indicates that **righteousness** was the purpose for **the law**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of becoming righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 5 qby2 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. From f7a3b7281a0570555a382e067439b0e8ef94f22e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 21:32:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9b643e037a..861eac99de 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1814,6 +1814,7 @@ ROM 10 4 a9up figs-abstractnouns τέλος 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of t ROM 10 4 y3sx grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 10 4 nprh grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, **for** indicates that **righteousness** was the purpose for **the law**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of becoming righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 4 z3z9 figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated **everyone who believes** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n ROM 10 5 qby2 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. From d338adc0bf808633d1ea2181d43d271193fbd9f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 21:55:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 861eac99de..9edf8aba41 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ ROM 10 3 a6r4 figs-personification τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ ROM 10 4 x1w8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the Jews were wrong to try to make themselves righteous, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They were wrong to seek to establish their own righteousness because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 10 4 a9up figs-abstractnouns τέλος 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **completion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is what completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 4 y3sx grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 10 4 nprh grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, **for** indicates that **righteousness** was the purpose for **the law**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of becoming righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 10 4 nprh grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, **for** could indicate: (1) **righteousness** was the purpose for **the completion of the law**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of becoming righteous” (2) **righteousness** was the result of **the completion of the law**. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 4 z3z9 figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated **everyone who believes** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n ROM 10 5 qby2 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” From b0b1dc211ddb48c8d540355271c6004151b5ead8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 22:08:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9edf8aba41..4c01470964 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1810,6 +1810,7 @@ ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-possession τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ROM 10 3 dgjn figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous on their own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 10 3 a6r4 figs-personification τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God Here Paul speaks of **the righteousness of God** as if it were a person whom someone could **submit** to. He means that they refused to attain righteousness in the way God requires, which is by faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they refuse to receive the righteousness of God according to his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 4 x1w8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the Jews were wrong to try to make themselves righteous, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They were wrong to seek to establish their own righteousness because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 4 y30a figs-explicit τέλος…νόμου 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law Here, **the completion of the law** could mean: (1) the end of the Law of Moses. Alternate translation: “is the end of the law” (2) the goal of the Law of Moses. Alternate translation: “is the goal of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 4 a9up figs-abstractnouns τέλος 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **completion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is what completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 4 y3sx grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 10 4 nprh grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, **for** could indicate: (1) **righteousness** was the purpose for **the completion of the law**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of becoming righteous” (2) **righteousness** was the result of **the completion of the law**. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From 24cb14a9de690af7811c97216dce007d582d60a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 22:35:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4c01470964..b1200cfb8a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1816,6 +1816,7 @@ ROM 10 4 y3sx grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 For Christ is the fulfillment ROM 10 4 nprh grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, **for** could indicate: (1) **righteousness** was the purpose for **the completion of the law**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of becoming righteous” (2) **righteousness** was the result of **the completion of the law**. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 4 z3z9 figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated **everyone who believes** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n +ROM 10 5 vsyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 5 qby2 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. From 98653f04715d13d85cef19422bd3aa9e785db34e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:06:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b1200cfb8a..ec46fcc846 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1817,7 +1817,8 @@ ROM 10 4 nprh grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 4 z3z9 figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated **everyone who believes** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n ROM 10 5 vsyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n -ROM 10 5 qby2 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” +ROM 10 5 m8my figs-pastforfuture γράφει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **writes** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n +ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From e171de4aae838247929ebaf7b39644b1b94fae9d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:08:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ec46fcc846..7a15219b22 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1819,6 +1819,7 @@ ROM 10 4 z3z9 figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteo ROM 10 5 vsyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 5 m8my figs-pastforfuture γράφει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **writes** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 260459d1054fde18b19e395c7f821248605d8fa7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:10:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7a15219b22..d29fd13997 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1820,6 +1820,7 @@ ROM 10 5 vsyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates th ROM 10 5 m8my figs-pastforfuture γράφει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **writes** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 7aedfbf43fa9d80164760c44dc6399ff29ff5f74 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:14:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d29fd13997..941b97222c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1819,6 +1819,7 @@ ROM 10 4 z3z9 figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteo ROM 10 5 vsyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 5 m8my figs-pastforfuture γράφει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **writes** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 5 dufv grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From ff10d34851824536772d71a4770ed0e5363307eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:24:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 941b97222c..95e9bf0415 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1822,8 +1822,8 @@ ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ ν ROM 10 5 dufv grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. +ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 287b9a3c3a8d6120d1021487f193db3b784fed48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:25:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 95e9bf0415..33ae833b6d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ ROM 10 5 dufv grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. -ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 18db028b7200f35ba89592af7111c65244408d8c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:43:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 33ae833b6d..665cd96d8b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 for righteousness for ROM 10 4 z3z9 figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated **everyone who believes** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n ROM 10 5 vsyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 5 m8my figs-pastforfuture γράφει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **writes** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n -ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about being righteous based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 5 dufv grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From bc7134c178443eb6524a2651e1a30ad31201e249 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:49:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 027/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 665cd96d8b..cdf0a851ae 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1817,9 +1817,11 @@ ROM 10 4 nprh grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 4 z3z9 figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated **everyone who believes** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n ROM 10 5 vsyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 10 5 ozvf writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς…γράφει τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Leviticus 18:5](../../lev/18/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses writes in the Scriptures about the righteousness that is from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 5 m8my figs-pastforfuture γράφει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **writes** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about being righteous based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 5 dufv grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +ROM 10 5 jyjx figs-quotemarks 1 the righteousness that comes from the law In this sentence Paul quotes [Leviticus 18:5](../../lev/18/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. From 554ee01921839172e6a5dc4e531beca63754349c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:50:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index cdf0a851ae..ba145d2631 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ ROM 10 5 jyjx figs-quotemarks 1 the righteousness that comes from the law In th ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. -ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 82eba73614028225c3c172e1997f203707b6302c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:51:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ba145d2631..d18e3ba338 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ ROM 10 5 dufv grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes ROM 10 5 jyjx figs-quotemarks 1 the righteousness that comes from the law In this sentence Paul quotes [Leviticus 18:5](../../lev/18/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. +ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) From e2628022a8eea3b81893ed3b81b905c36f45b25f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 00:04:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d18e3ba338..149dc11aca 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ ROM 10 5 dufv grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes ROM 10 5 jyjx figs-quotemarks 1 the righteousness that comes from the law In this sentence Paul quotes [Leviticus 18:5](../../lev/18/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 5 qkz4 figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) From 34b8b781047e1ca3871aa868b931688704d56d83 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 15:26:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 149dc11aca..ff628fccaa 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ ROM 9 33 h3tw figs-possession λίθον προσκόμματος 1 stone of stu ROM 9 33 c8t8 figs-possession πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rock that causes offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 33 knfh figs-abstractnouns σκανδάλου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that offends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 33 tu4i figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 believes in it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not shame the one who believes on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s righteousness\n\nPaul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”\n\nIn [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the pronouns “they,” “them,” and “their” always refer to the Jewish people. However, those pronouns refer to various things and people in [verses 5–21](../10/05.md), which will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”\n\nPaul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s righteousness\n\nPaul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”\n\nIn [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the pronouns “they,” “them,” and “their” always refer to the people of Israel. However, those pronouns refer to various things and people in [verses 5–21](../10/05.md), which will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”\n\nPaul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the people of Israel jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 1 v3jp figs-abstractnouns ἡ…εὐδοκία…ἡ δέησις…σωτηρίαν 1 my heart’s desire If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good pleasure**, **prayer**, and **salvation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the very pleasing thing … what I pray … them to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my inner being” or “of my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From f5f8ee4d5d80ed6de4c9bf6e921794212bd2bf7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 15:36:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ff628fccaa..f226877d1e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1824,6 +1824,7 @@ ROM 10 5 dufv grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes ROM 10 5 jyjx figs-quotemarks 1 the righteousness that comes from the law In this sentence Paul quotes [Leviticus 18:5](../../lev/18/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 5 e3po figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul quotes Moses implying that the person must do all of **these things** perfectly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things perfectly” or “every single one of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From f6cf4de4854724ae43cd96cc72db90f20f6b3469 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 16:22:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f226877d1e..62ecaed2c9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the l ROM 10 5 e3po figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul quotes Moses implying that the person must do all of **these things** perfectly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things perfectly” or “every single one of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη…λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But Moses says thus about the righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 55f1c9c49ac58315b092d26bebe613999d53f6e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 16:22:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 62ecaed2c9..3b21eda3d4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the l ROM 10 5 e3po figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul quotes Moses implying that the person must do all of **these things** perfectly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things perfectly” or “every single one of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη…λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But Moses says thus about the righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη…λέγει 1 Here, **righteousness** is described as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But Moses says thus about the righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From fefddede6dbeda116058ce8c1dc8f7f3e75ecbec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 16:37:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3b21eda3d4..95ab2eb6cd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1827,7 +1827,9 @@ ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the l ROM 10 5 e3po figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul quotes Moses implying that the person must do all of **these things** perfectly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things perfectly” or “every single one of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 6 knmo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη…λέγει 1 Here, **righteousness** is described as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But Moses says thus about the righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 6 cgv8 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md) and **by faith** in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 360b089c1653d67cdeee0cccc22c63c5987b29a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 16:39:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 95ab2eb6cd..84aef47677 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1830,6 +1830,7 @@ ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the ROM 10 6 knmo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη…λέγει 1 Here, **righteousness** is described as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But Moses says thus about the righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 cgv8 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md) and **by faith** in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 6 ksbr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 61bb608c59d8cb156f378b14243b996a4a681700 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 16:48:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 84aef47677..d77737497c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1828,6 +1828,7 @@ ROM 10 5 e3po figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the l ROM 10 5 qkz4 figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 6 knmo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 10 6 r3ey grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη…λέγει 1 Here, **righteousness** is described as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But Moses says thus about the righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 cgv8 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md) and **by faith** in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 6 ksbr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n From 5eee47b27014c43103e73d80370d247889a061cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 16:58:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d77737497c..6e220b6e24 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1828,10 +1828,11 @@ ROM 10 5 e3po figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the l ROM 10 5 qkz4 figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 6 knmo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 10 6 r3ey grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 +ROM 10 6 r3ey writing-quotations ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 30:11–14](../../deu/30/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the righteousness by faith says thus in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη…λέγει 1 Here, **righteousness** is described as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But Moses says thus about the righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 cgv8 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md) and **by faith** in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 6 ksbr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n +ROM 10 6 ezma figs-pastforfuture 1 ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From d6cec3fd69ed1bb6745e3bd5e59a8e02e976644f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 17:26:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6e220b6e24..b38f34f86c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1828,12 +1828,12 @@ ROM 10 5 e3po figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the l ROM 10 5 qkz4 figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 6 knmo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 10 6 r3ey writing-quotations ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 30:11–14](../../deu/30/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the righteousness by faith says thus in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 6 r3ey writing-quotations ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 9:4](../../deu/09/04.md); [30:12–14](../../deu/30/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the righteousness by faith says thus in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη…λέγει 1 Here, **righteousness** is described as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But Moses says thus about the righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 cgv8 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md) and **by faith** in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 6 ksbr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n -ROM 10 6 ezma figs-pastforfuture 1 -ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +ROM 10 6 ezma figs-quotemarks μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 9:4](../../deu/09/04.md) and [Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Alternate translation: “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth” From 3051b19a346141fcbb57a04219d08ba2161ec747 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 17:49:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b38f34f86c..c0fa51975b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1833,9 +1833,9 @@ ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύν ROM 10 6 cgv8 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md) and **by faith** in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 6 ksbr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 6 ezma figs-quotemarks μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 9:4](../../deu/09/04.md) and [Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd σου 1 Do not say in your heart Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See how you translated **heart** in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Alternate translation: “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth” ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. From efff68e6fe0817397607d4249d49668dec89a6b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 17:53:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c0fa51975b..eda190cc84 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1836,7 +1836,8 @@ ROM 10 6 ezma figs-quotemarks μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σο ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd σου 1 Do not say in your heart Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See how you translated **heart** in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Alternate translation: “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth” +ROM 10 6 gi7s figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means, to make Christ come down to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 6 y5c3 grammar-connect-logic-goal Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of bringing Christ down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead Here, **the dead** speaks of physical death. From 8d6ec39bdfc8480f4dc15a71d4293c0437c693c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:06:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index eda190cc84..807ac49fe9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1838,6 +1838,7 @@ ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See how you translated **hear ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 6 gi7s figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means, to make Christ come down to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 6 y5c3 grammar-connect-logic-goal Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of bringing Christ down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 10 7 g827 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἤ Paul uses **or** here to connect two quotations from the Old Testament ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead Here, **the dead** speaks of physical death. From 6687534e872a7e5f72333e917da40ca2b5c4d97e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:23:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 807ac49fe9..af231e15df 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1836,9 +1836,9 @@ ROM 10 6 ezma figs-quotemarks μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σο ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd σου 1 Do not say in your heart Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See how you translated **heart** in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 6 gi7s figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means, to make Christ come down to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 6 gi7s figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come down to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 6 y5c3 grammar-connect-logic-goal Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of bringing Christ down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 10 7 g827 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἤ Paul uses **or** here to connect two quotations from the Old Testament +ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ Paul uses **or** here to connect two quotations from the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md); [30:13](../../deu/30/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead Here, **the dead** speaks of physical death. From 2c97e9a323fc9c715c4e9b9709fe3dbe9417fe78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:33:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index af231e15df..068f4cb0b8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1835,11 +1835,11 @@ ROM 10 6 ksbr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense ROM 10 6 ezma figs-quotemarks μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 9:4](../../deu/09/04.md) and [Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd σου 1 Do not say in your heart Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See how you translated **heart** in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 6 gi7s figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come down to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 6 y5c3 grammar-connect-logic-goal Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of bringing Christ down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ Paul uses **or** here to connect two quotations from the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md); [30:13](../../deu/30/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n -ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead Here, **the dead** speaks of physical death. ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes righteousness as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 1500c952be97cc63d3f8ba315847d8eabd9b2910 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:36:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 068f4cb0b8..51e1f13aa9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1838,7 +1838,8 @@ ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See how you translated **hear ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 6 gi7s figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come down to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 6 y5c3 grammar-connect-logic-goal Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of bringing Christ down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ Paul uses **or** here to connect two quotations from the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md); [30:13](../../deu/30/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ 1 Paul uses **or** here to connect two quotations from the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md); [30:13](../../deu/30/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead Here, **the dead** speaks of physical death. From 370d11f3e7d9816f26182eb220a7b8e0ba0ff4c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:37:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 51e1f13aa9..4c21360d1e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1841,6 +1841,7 @@ ROM 10 6 y5c3 grammar-connect-logic-goal Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ 1 Paul uses **or** here to connect two quotations from the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md); [30:13](../../deu/30/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 7 gw0r figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come up from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead Here, **the dead** speaks of physical death. ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes righteousness as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 4e2fd8bbb63895be8ea57b2e3354f3918612961d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:39:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4c21360d1e..27051fa704 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ 1 Paul uses **or** here to connect two quo ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 gw0r figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come up from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. +ROM 10 7 iw13 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead Here, **the dead** speaks of physical death. ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes righteousness as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 2a6f882672d7ffb2082c6e0babcbaa1523831db8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:58:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 27051fa704..d433a71e69 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1839,11 +1839,10 @@ ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐ ROM 10 6 gi7s figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come down to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 6 y5c3 grammar-connect-logic-goal Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of bringing Christ down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ 1 Paul uses **or** here to connect two quotations from the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md); [30:13](../../deu/30/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n -ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 In this sentence Paul paraphrases [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 gw0r figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come up from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 7 iw13 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead Here, **the dead** speaks of physical death. +ROM 10 7 iw13 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes righteousness as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From ff203523fb8b7edb1612b81984a20fdc6f1f2e07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 19:00:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d433a71e69..34d06236ab 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See how you translated **hear ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 6 gi7s figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come down to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 6 y5c3 grammar-connect-logic-goal Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of bringing Christ down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ 1 Paul uses **or** here to connect two quotations from the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md); [30:13](../../deu/30/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ 1 Paul uses **or** here to connect a quotation from [Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md) with a paraphrase of [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 In this sentence Paul paraphrases [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 gw0r figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come up from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 012fbaba02c750a31bd4ac2c5758fb1ae81814ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 20:21:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 34d06236ab..1f9cbda53d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄ ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 gw0r figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come up from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes righteousness as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” referred to in [verse 6](../10/06.md). Here Paul continues to describe righteousness as if it were a person who could speak. See how you translated “the righteousness by faith says” in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You can hear and know how to speak and think about God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From feb6781732b516de74ef5366639a90dcf3f88187 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 20:25:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1f9cbda53d..64c2f49c52 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1843,8 +1843,9 @@ ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄ ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 gw0r figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come up from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” referred to in [verse 6](../10/06.md). Here Paul continues to describe righteousness as if it were a person who could speak. See how you translated “the righteousness by faith says” in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion τί λέγει? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it surely says,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” referred to in [verse 6](../10/06.md). Here Paul continues to describe righteousness as if it were a person who could speak. See how you translated “the righteousness by faith says” in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 8 n63g figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does it say? Here Paul uses the present tense verb **say** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did it say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You can hear and know how to speak and think about God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “and you know what it means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 74ef795cac45ee26575026747a0a1d5abbee5f6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 20:58:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 64c2f49c52..a36cbe04d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1843,10 +1843,12 @@ ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄ ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 gw0r figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come up from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 10 8 ian2 writing-quotations τί λέγει? 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 30:14](../../deu/30/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what does it say in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion τί λέγει? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it surely says,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” referred to in [verse 6](../10/06.md). Here Paul continues to describe righteousness as if it were a person who could speak. See how you translated “the righteousness by faith says” in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 n63g figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does it say? Here Paul uses the present tense verb **say** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did it say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 8 hybn figs-quotemarks ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 But what does it say? In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:14](../../deu/30/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s teaching could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You can hear and know how to speak and think about God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “and you know what it means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Alternate translation: “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” From dd65776a3d9be37b128746a69ee5f509567510f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 20:59:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a36cbe04d0..628a3235b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion τί λέγει? 1 Paul is not asking for informat ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” referred to in [verse 6](../10/06.md). Here Paul continues to describe righteousness as if it were a person who could speak. See how you translated “the righteousness by faith says” in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 n63g figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does it say? Here Paul uses the present tense verb **say** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did it say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 8 hybn figs-quotemarks ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 But what does it say? In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:14](../../deu/30/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s teaching could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s teaching could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You can hear and know how to speak and think about God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “and you know what it means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Alternate translation: “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” From 41962054a880b17cf04bf34d37abc57aa6b63fef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:03:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 628a3235b4..9a8c4eda52 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion τί λέγει? 1 Paul is not asking for informat ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” referred to in [verse 6](../10/06.md). Here Paul continues to describe righteousness as if it were a person who could speak. See how you translated “the righteousness by faith says” in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 n63g figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does it say? Here Paul uses the present tense verb **say** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did it say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 8 hybn figs-quotemarks ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 But what does it say? In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:14](../../deu/30/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s teaching could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s teaching could be easily known, thought about, and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You can easily know, think about, and speak the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You can hear and know how to speak and think about God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “and you know what it means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Alternate translation: “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” From 063b7f45f2a97649214eff979e520b6c98e4c7ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:05:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9a8c4eda52..7cf421e64d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1848,9 +1848,9 @@ ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion τί λέγει? 1 Paul is not asking for informat ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” referred to in [verse 6](../10/06.md). Here Paul continues to describe righteousness as if it were a person who could speak. See how you translated “the righteousness by faith says” in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 n63g figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does it say? Here Paul uses the present tense verb **say** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did it say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 8 hybn figs-quotemarks ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 But what does it say? In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:14](../../deu/30/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s teaching could be easily known, thought about, and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You can easily know, think about, and speak the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s teaching could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You can easily know and speak the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You can hear and know how to speak and think about God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “and you know what it means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart See how you translated heart in verse 1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Alternate translation: “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Alternate translation: “if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord” ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 06de777eb42f668de57256eb78ffcbf6da6cc93f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:15:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7cf421e64d..f8a35db6f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1849,7 +1849,8 @@ ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The ROM 10 8 n63g figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does it say? Here Paul uses the present tense verb **say** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did it say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 8 hybn figs-quotemarks ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 But what does it say? In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:14](../../deu/30/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s teaching could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You can easily know and speak the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You can hear and know how to speak and think about God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 8 sx8r figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses using **word** to describe what God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The phrase **in your mouth** refers to being able to say something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you know how to speak it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart See how you translated heart in verse 1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Alternate translation: “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Alternate translation: “if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord” From ac0882fa570e237c5b9b02e80994472b478bfe60 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:16:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f8a35db6f0..912680fcb1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1848,8 +1848,8 @@ ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion τί λέγει? 1 Paul is not asking for informat ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” referred to in [verse 6](../10/06.md). Here Paul continues to describe righteousness as if it were a person who could speak. See how you translated “the righteousness by faith says” in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 n63g figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does it say? Here Paul uses the present tense verb **say** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did it say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 8 hybn figs-quotemarks ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 But what does it say? In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:14](../../deu/30/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s teaching could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You can easily know and speak the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 10 8 sx8r figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses using **word** to describe what God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s message could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You can easily know and speak the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 10 8 sx8r figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses using **word** to describe what God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The phrase **in your mouth** refers to being able to say something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you know how to speak it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart See how you translated heart in verse 1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Alternate translation: “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” From 9de72e80bbc5baf510a7a4546b38f700ec8c2ddb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:31:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 912680fcb1..6447eba83e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1852,7 +1852,8 @@ ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐ ROM 10 8 sx8r figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses using **word** to describe what God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The phrase **in your mouth** refers to being able to say something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you know how to speak it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart See how you translated heart in verse 1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Alternate translation: “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” +ROM 10 8 lh5d figs-possession τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is about **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the word about faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 10 8 v7ho figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Alternate translation: “if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord” ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead Here, **raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From e237edea36ca0961c279af2f7f40acb30f37cb05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:47:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6447eba83e..f142fe96b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1850,10 +1850,12 @@ ROM 10 8 n63g figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does it say? Here Paul us ROM 10 8 hybn figs-quotemarks ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 But what does it say? In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:14](../../deu/30/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s message could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You can easily know and speak the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 10 8 sx8r figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses using **word** to describe what God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 8 wpvg figs-youcrowd σου…σου…σου 1 The word is near you Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of your in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The phrase **in your mouth** refers to being able to say something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you know how to speak it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart See how you translated heart in verse 1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 lh5d figs-possession τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is about **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the word about faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 8 v7ho figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 8 o4oy figs-exclusive κηρύσσομεν 1 Here, **we** refers to Paul and other Christians who **proclaim** the gospel, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Alternate translation: “if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord” ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead Here, **raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From f79887ce6eced3d04bd0b741b85679e9c1eb24f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 22:05:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f142fe96b4..99eb094f62 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1856,6 +1856,7 @@ ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … i ROM 10 8 lh5d figs-possession τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is about **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the word about faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 8 v7ho figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 8 o4oy figs-exclusive κηρύσσομεν 1 Here, **we** refers to Paul and other Christians who **proclaim** the gospel, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 10 9 q5un grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord **for** here indicates that what follows is an explanation of what “the word of faith” is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This word we proclaim is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Alternate translation: “if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord” ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead Here, **raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From e47c4c02df1b340912a7fc4bc7ec3f1dea2ba02c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 22:32:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 99eb094f62..5f5dc294bb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1857,9 +1857,10 @@ ROM 10 8 lh5d figs-possession τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word ROM 10 8 v7ho figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 8 o4oy figs-exclusive κηρύσσομεν 1 Here, **we** refers to Paul and other Christians who **proclaim** the gospel, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 10 9 q5un grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord **for** here indicates that what follows is an explanation of what “the word of faith” is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This word we proclaim is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n -ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Alternate translation: “if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord” -ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead Here, **raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 10 9 pawz figs-youcrowd ὁμολογήσῃς…σου…σου…σωθήσῃ 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Paul addresses his readers as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular. See how you translated **you** and **your** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord This phrase indicates the means by which a person confesses **Jesus is Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by using your mouth you confess, ‘Jesus is Lord’” +ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart See how you translated this phrase in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation Here, **heart** is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person’s capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 30b1870aac6440da8612c0c78a2bb87e57523ac8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 22:33:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5f5dc294bb..e47496c94e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ ROM 10 8 o4oy figs-exclusive κηρύσσομεν 1 Here, **we** refers to Paul ROM 10 9 q5un grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord **for** here indicates that what follows is an explanation of what “the word of faith” is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This word we proclaim is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 9 pawz figs-youcrowd ὁμολογήσῃς…σου…σου…σωθήσῃ 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Paul addresses his readers as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular. See how you translated **you** and **your** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord This phrase indicates the means by which a person confesses **Jesus is Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by using your mouth you confess, ‘Jesus is Lord’” -ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart See how you translated this phrase in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart See how you translated this phrase in [verses 6](../10/06.md) and [8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation Here, **heart** is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 6c68ca8cb51cd69eeb95080fad61c438f3c52b8f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 22:34:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e47496c94e..c01cf52236 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ ROM 10 9 pawz figs-youcrowd ὁμολογήσῃς…σου…σου…σωθή ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord This phrase indicates the means by which a person confesses **Jesus is Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by using your mouth you confess, ‘Jesus is Lord’” ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart See how you translated this phrase in [verses 6](../10/06.md) and [8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation Here, **heart** is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person’s capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Paul speaks of the scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From aef69d735294b1a3ecb0f7a42d7bf0b7e3ad94be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:13:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 10 +++++++--- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c01cf52236..8495a58dd9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1858,12 +1858,16 @@ ROM 10 8 v7ho figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith If y ROM 10 8 o4oy figs-exclusive κηρύσσομεν 1 Here, **we** refers to Paul and other Christians who **proclaim** the gospel, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 10 9 q5un grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord **for** here indicates that what follows is an explanation of what “the word of faith” is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This word we proclaim is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 9 pawz figs-youcrowd ὁμολογήσῃς…σου…σου…σωθήσῃ 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Paul addresses his readers as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular. See how you translated **you** and **your** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord This phrase indicates the means by which a person confesses **Jesus is Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by using your mouth you confess, ‘Jesus is Lord’” +ROM 10 9 tz7r figs-explicit ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord This phrase indicates the means by which a person confesses **Jesus is Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by using your mouth you confess, ‘Jesus is Lord’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart See how you translated this phrase in [verses 6](../10/06.md) and [8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation Here, **heart** is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person’s capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 10 10 iv0v grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ…πιστεύεται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 10 o3a7 figs-metonymy εἰς δικαιοσύνην…εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 Both occurrences of **to** in this verse indicate that what follows is a result. Use the most natural way in your language to state a result. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness … resulting in salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 10 h20k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-explicit στόματι…ὁμολογεῖται 1 with the mouth See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 10 uroy figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 with the mouth See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Paul speaks of the scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 11 r6tf figs-explicit λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 You can make explicit who wrote the scripture that Paul uses here. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: “Everyone who does not believe will be shamed.” The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will honor everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From dbd760e81d00008b8ee864f78da3c5611fed25ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:16:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8495a58dd9..820a2cdda4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1864,6 +1864,7 @@ ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 rais ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 10 iv0v grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ…πιστεύεται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 10 g3nf figs-explicit πιστεύεται…ὁμολογεῖται 1 The subjects of these phrases are implied from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one believes that God raised Jesus from the dead … one confesses that Jesus is Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 10 o3a7 figs-metonymy εἰς δικαιοσύνην…εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 Both occurrences of **to** in this verse indicate that what follows is a result. Use the most natural way in your language to state a result. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness … resulting in salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 10 10 h20k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-explicit στόματι…ὁμολογεῖται 1 with the mouth See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 1fc8292829b16550f4472fc6afdf9d80b1430e24 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:31:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 820a2cdda4..f296ad5839 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1869,8 +1869,8 @@ ROM 10 10 o3a7 figs-metonymy εἰς δικαιοσύνην…εἰς σωτηρ ROM 10 10 h20k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-explicit στόματι…ὁμολογεῖται 1 with the mouth See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 10 uroy figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 with the mouth See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Paul speaks of the scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 11 r6tf figs-explicit λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 You can make explicit who wrote the scripture that Paul uses here. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: “Everyone who does not believe will be shamed.” The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will honor everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 36d3862b0ab135946defbb7219ca75724053ea0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:32:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f296ad5839..8ba233cff6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1871,6 +1871,7 @@ ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-explicit στόματι…ὁμολογεῖται 1 with th ROM 10 10 uroy figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 with the mouth See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n +ROM 10 11 whdz figs-activepassive λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: “Everyone who does not believe will be shamed.” The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will honor everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 68657c81ec4f0f45de186a725ce6be701562a1fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:41:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8ba233cff6..73049b84d7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1869,7 +1869,8 @@ ROM 10 10 o3a7 figs-metonymy εἰς δικαιοσύνην…εἰς σωτηρ ROM 10 10 h20k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-explicit στόματι…ὁμολογεῖται 1 with the mouth See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 10 uroy figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 with the mouth See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 11 rlqi grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n ROM 10 11 whdz figs-activepassive λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: “Everyone who does not believe will be shamed.” The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will honor everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From a7b6a94b1acbe6124b96785fce838cfa7fbf0bd3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:41:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 73049b84d7..5f42118a0d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ ROM 10 11 rlqi grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates t ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n ROM 10 11 whdz figs-activepassive λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n -ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: “Everyone who does not believe will be shamed.” The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will honor everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame See how you translated this sentence in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 9aad4650ab65d39e2ea8a3baaf8ef1d4681f7dd6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:56:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5f42118a0d..f116ddb808 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1874,7 +1874,8 @@ ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase ind ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n ROM 10 11 whdz figs-activepassive λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame See how you translated this sentence in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 12 ygv8 figs-activepassive γάρ 1 +ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For the Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 0fde6aa3b3ec1b0f9c3826da15d5fde76d1de628 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 15:37:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f116ddb808..9f54bb762c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1874,7 +1874,8 @@ ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase ind ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n ROM 10 11 whdz figs-activepassive λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame See how you translated this sentence in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 12 ygv8 figs-activepassive γάρ 1 +ROM 10 12 ygv8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse gives another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 12 fvlg figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not distinguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 2e23703241b169c83960a6804f26f524ece7fe9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 16:10:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9f54bb762c..b166a44795 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1876,8 +1876,10 @@ ROM 10 11 whdz figs-activepassive λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him wil ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame See how you translated this sentence in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 12 ygv8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse gives another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 12 fvlg figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not distinguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 12 z8p4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 10 12 j7vw figs-possession Κύριος πάντων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the one who is **Lord** who rules over **all**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Lord is ruling over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 10 12 r2jx figs-nominaladj πάντων…πάντας 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “is of all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means to bless others richly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For the Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From a3d2dddc3a10c72ab20ab46ec6b1212feacb7072 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 16:14:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b166a44795..a9248420b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1880,6 +1880,7 @@ ROM 10 12 z8p4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates t ROM 10 12 j7vw figs-possession Κύριος πάντων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the one who is **Lord** who rules over **all**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Lord is ruling over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 12 r2jx figs-nominaladj πάντων…πάντας 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “is of all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means to bless others richly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 12 oe6l figs-explicit ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 Here, **call upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who call upon him to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For the Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 8a46d1e7e06d6392674867ab0185f37dc0884ce4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 16:33:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a9248420b5..9bc4ec56c0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1881,6 +1881,7 @@ ROM 10 12 j7vw figs-possession Κύριος πάντων 1 Paul is using the po ROM 10 12 r2jx figs-nominaladj πάντων…πάντας 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “is of all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means to bless others richly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 oe6l figs-explicit ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 Here, **call upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who call upon him to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 12 qzs5 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For the Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 018176038b6609c6d33505d30ef9997acd96326d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 16:43:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9bc4ec56c0..1867ceaa76 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1882,6 +1882,10 @@ ROM 10 12 r2jx figs-nominaladj πάντων…πάντας 1 For there is no di ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means to bless others richly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 oe6l figs-explicit ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 Here, **call upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who call upon him to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 qzs5 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 13 cxph grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 13 t4j7 writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For Joel wrote in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 13 gpyj figs-quotemarks πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +ROM 10 13 qvbd figs-nominaladj πᾶς 1 See how you translated **all** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For the Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From af15b1a453fabec496f20bedf53d302ac9e02407 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 16:50:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1867ceaa76..67887861c9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ ROM 10 13 cxph grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates ROM 10 13 t4j7 writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For Joel wrote in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 13 gpyj figs-quotemarks πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 13 qvbd figs-nominaladj πᾶς 1 See how you translated **all** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here, **the name of the Lord** represents **the Lord** himself, which Paul implies is Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For the Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 2 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 1defcbb89b5bff12d35fafdaeffe186d3ae4b208 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 16:50:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 67887861c9..5da7267266 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ ROM 10 13 cxph grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates ROM 10 13 t4j7 writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For Joel wrote in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 13 gpyj figs-quotemarks πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 13 qvbd figs-nominaladj πᾶς 1 See how you translated **all** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here, **the name of the Lord** represents **the Lord** himself, which Paul implies is Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n +ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here, **the name of the Lord** represents **the Lord** himself, which Paul implies is Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For the Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 2 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 3f0acb1e70f581960905a45c04f3340a2f326abc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 16:52:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5da7267266..f507316f0d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1886,6 +1886,7 @@ ROM 10 13 cxph grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates ROM 10 13 t4j7 writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For Joel wrote in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 13 gpyj figs-quotemarks πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 13 qvbd figs-nominaladj πᾶς 1 See how you translated **all** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 10 13 n4yp figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 Here, **calls upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “calls upon the name of the Lord to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here, **the name of the Lord** represents **the Lord** himself, which Paul implies is Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For the Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 54908eef28318e3f374eee708d829cfd34b28214 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 16:59:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f507316f0d..651e7cd856 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ ROM 10 13 gpyj figs-quotemarks πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται ROM 10 13 qvbd figs-nominaladj πᾶς 1 See how you translated **all** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 10 13 n4yp figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 Here, **calls upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “calls upon the name of the Lord to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here, **the name of the Lord** represents **the Lord** himself, which Paul implies is Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For the Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 2 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true. From 12fa63f5dfaece722e09cd4b954e012cbcafd236 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 17:36:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 651e7cd856..ec2a099370 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1888,11 +1888,10 @@ ROM 10 13 gpyj figs-quotemarks πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται ROM 10 13 qvbd figs-nominaladj πᾶς 1 See how you translated **all** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 10 13 n4yp figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 Here, **calls upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “calls upon the name of the Lord to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here, **the name of the Lord** represents **the Lord** himself, which Paul implies is Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +ROM 10 13 rht3 figs-explicit πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here Paul implies that **the Lord** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. However, since this sentence is a quotation from the old testament, you will need to state this outside of the quotation. Alternate translation: “all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord will be saved. This Lord is Jesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 2 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? πῶς δὲ πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? πῶς δὲ ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using three rhetorical questions here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then surely they would not call on whom they have not believed! And surely they would not believe in whom they have not heard! And surely they would not hear without someone preaching!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true. -ROM 10 14 iwc1 figs-rquestion πῶς…ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος? 3 How can they hear without a preacher? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses **feet** to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 9ce1c5070142e634f9c36643625e4c6706143b20 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 17:51:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ec2a099370..0a035e6340 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1891,6 +1891,9 @@ ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who c ROM 10 13 rht3 figs-explicit πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here Paul implies that **the Lord** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. However, since this sentence is a quotation from the old testament, you will need to state this outside of the quotation. Alternate translation: “all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord will be saved. This Lord is Jesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? πῶς δὲ πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? πῶς δὲ ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using three rhetorical questions here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then surely they would not call on whom they have not believed! And surely they would not believe in whom they have not heard! And surely they would not hear without someone preaching!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 14 syzi figs-rquestion οὖν 1 +ROM 10 14 zqzi writing-pronouns ἐπικαλέσωνται…οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…πιστεύσωσιν…οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν 1 In this verse **they** refers to all people, both Jews and Gentiles, as stated in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would all people call … they have not believed … would all people believe in … they have not heard … would all people hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 Here, **call upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would call on whom they have not believed to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true. ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses **feet** to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” From f93ca8eaa3f69b0698275a3df2f70828c5015de6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 18:20:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0a035e6340..6311705a95 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1891,9 +1891,9 @@ ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who c ROM 10 13 rht3 figs-explicit πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here Paul implies that **the Lord** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. However, since this sentence is a quotation from the old testament, you will need to state this outside of the quotation. Alternate translation: “all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord will be saved. This Lord is Jesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? πῶς δὲ πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? πῶς δὲ ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using three rhetorical questions here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then surely they would not call on whom they have not believed! And surely they would not believe in whom they have not heard! And surely they would not hear without someone preaching!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 14 syzi figs-rquestion οὖν 1 +ROM 10 14 syzi grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows in [verses 14–15](../10/14.md) is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 10 14 zqzi writing-pronouns ἐπικαλέσωνται…οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…πιστεύσωσιν…οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν 1 In this verse **they** refers to all people, both Jews and Gentiles, as stated in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would all people call … they have not believed … would all people believe in … they have not heard … would all people hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 Here, **call upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would call on whom they have not believed to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 Here, **call on** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would call on whom they have not believed to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true. ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses **feet** to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” From d7e1efd84d4c024612c1284c643e9eda0cd4a1c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 18:23:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6311705a95..b65bfbca8b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1894,6 +1894,7 @@ ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰ ROM 10 14 syzi grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows in [verses 14–15](../10/14.md) is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 10 14 zqzi writing-pronouns ἐπικαλέσωνται…οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…πιστεύσωσιν…οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν 1 In this verse **they** refers to all people, both Jews and Gentiles, as stated in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would all people call … they have not believed … would all people believe in … they have not heard … would all people hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 Here, **call on** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would call on whom they have not believed to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 14 n02w figs-explicit ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 These clauses refer to Jesus, whom Paul called the Lord in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom they have not believed … Jesus, whom they have not heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true. ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses **feet** to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” From 5526c590a61ea77659d32a1a53321d5541f2a028 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 18:34:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b65bfbca8b..58418afd6d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ ROM 10 14 syzi grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates ROM 10 14 zqzi writing-pronouns ἐπικαλέσωνται…οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…πιστεύσωσιν…οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν 1 In this verse **they** refers to all people, both Jews and Gentiles, as stated in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would all people call … they have not believed … would all people believe in … they have not heard … would all people hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 Here, **call on** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would call on whom they have not believed to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 n02w figs-explicit ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 These clauses refer to Jesus, whom Paul called the Lord in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom they have not believed … Jesus, whom they have not heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true. +ROM 10 14 mrl8 figs-ellipsis οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whom they have not heard about … would they hear about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses **feet** to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 2ed18e856d1b55f5548bc6998e39135944d027b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 18:46:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 58418afd6d..928f7a9688 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ ROM 10 14 syzi grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates ROM 10 14 zqzi writing-pronouns ἐπικαλέσωνται…οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…πιστεύσωσιν…οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν 1 In this verse **they** refers to all people, both Jews and Gentiles, as stated in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would all people call … they have not believed … would all people believe in … they have not heard … would all people hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 Here, **call on** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would call on whom they have not believed to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 n02w figs-explicit ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 These clauses refer to Jesus, whom Paul called the Lord in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom they have not believed … Jesus, whom they have not heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 14 mrl8 figs-ellipsis οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whom they have not heard about … would they hear about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 10 14 mrl8 figs-ellipsis οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν…κηρύσσοντος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whom they have not heard about … would they hear about him … someone preaching about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses **feet** to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 2aa08253dccc8332092c5dc68cb89e3ab6c6a64b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 20:11:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 928f7a9688..7acd65c108 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1896,6 +1896,10 @@ ROM 10 14 zqzi writing-pronouns ἐπικαλέσωνται…οὐκ ἐπίσ ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 Here, **call on** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would call on whom they have not believed to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 n02w figs-explicit ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 These clauses refer to Jesus, whom Paul called the Lord in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom they have not believed … Jesus, whom they have not heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 mrl8 figs-ellipsis οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν…κηρύσσοντος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whom they have not heard about … would they hear about him … someone preaching about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 10 15 hcz3 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ κηρύξωσιν ἐὰν μὴ ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul is not asking for information, but is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And sure they would not preach, unless they would be sent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 15 atg0 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 15 ylan figs-activepassive 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Isaiah wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n +ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 52:7](../../isa/52/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses **feet** to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 1c069232521bce81dcddd4071db9ca7f9fa7b188 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 20:20:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7acd65c108..356b6cc6de 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1897,6 +1897,8 @@ ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ROM 10 14 n02w figs-explicit ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 These clauses refer to Jesus, whom Paul called the Lord in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom they have not believed … Jesus, whom they have not heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 mrl8 figs-ellipsis οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν…κηρύσσοντος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whom they have not heard about … would they hear about him … someone preaching about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 15 hcz3 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ κηρύξωσιν ἐὰν μὴ ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul is not asking for information, but is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And sure they would not preach, unless they would be sent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 15 nqwf writing-pronouns κηρύξωσιν…ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news In this verse **they** refers to the people who preach, as mentioned at the end of the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would those who preach be able to preach … those preachers would be sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 15 l0xu figs-activepassive ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 15 atg0 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 15 ylan figs-activepassive 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Isaiah wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 52:7](../../isa/52/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n From 26ad4902d7ef9e7d44fdb9ecd9340ef917b912f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 20:27:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 356b6cc6de..9383d44a23 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1900,9 +1900,9 @@ ROM 10 15 hcz3 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ κηρύξωσιν ἐὰν μὴ ROM 10 15 nqwf writing-pronouns κηρύξωσιν…ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news In this verse **they** refers to the people who preach, as mentioned at the end of the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would those who preach be able to preach … those preachers would be sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 15 l0xu figs-activepassive ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 15 atg0 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 10 15 ylan figs-activepassive 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Isaiah wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n +ROM 10 15 ylan figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Isaiah wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 52:7](../../isa/52/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n -ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses **feet** to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah. From 14484685efe5be8ea759227273cedbfc482cbeda Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 20:53:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 089/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9383d44a23..b34cf90ee4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1903,6 +1903,7 @@ ROM 10 15 atg0 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful ROM 10 15 ylan figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Isaiah wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 52:7](../../isa/52/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 16 gxqu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 not all of them obeyed **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah. From e6cc90f08e0123c7a4a8252c298dfb28e585a5e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 21:12:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b34cf90ee4..1776eb6f72 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1904,7 +1904,11 @@ ROM 10 15 ylan figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 52:7](../../isa/52/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 gxqu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 not all of them obeyed **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n -ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” +ROM 10 16 hku8 writing-pronouns οὐ πάντες 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 16 dqe6 writing-pronouns ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed +ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/51/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah. ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **faith** refers to “believing in Christ” From da7ca8f7713982b48fb7335e7f3a1aeaf7089bf3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 21:13:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1776eb6f72..f86e64528c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ ROM 10 16 gxqu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 not all of them obeye ROM 10 16 hku8 writing-pronouns οὐ πάντες 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 16 dqe6 writing-pronouns ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/51/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah. From 6ccb150e67a7ca39b1f8d2440d3d6cf9f8dc0a25 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 21:15:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f86e64528c..2a8ee06c6f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1909,6 +1909,7 @@ ROM 10 16 dqe6 writing-pronouns ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n +ROM 10 16 jvah figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 not all of them obeyed This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah. ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **faith** refers to “believing in Christ” From 745b7a16ea59fc60c806a58c0ec85bf8974556c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 21:16:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2a8ee06c6f..ba62e59561 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1910,7 +1910,7 @@ ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed ** ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 16 jvah figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 not all of them obeyed This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n -ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Isaiah is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, surely no one has believed our report!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah. ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **faith** refers to “believing in Christ” ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 2 hearing by the word of Christ Alternate translation: “hearing by listening to the message about Christ” From 1b1136562dff416aaf0c502687f551b77c0a189a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 21:29:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ba62e59561..463762f7b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1909,9 +1909,10 @@ ROM 10 16 dqe6 writing-pronouns ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n -ROM 10 16 jvah figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 not all of them obeyed This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +ROM 10 16 jvah figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Isaiah is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, surely no one has believed our report!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah. +ROM 10 16 z4s9 figs-exclusive τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah, which would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 10 16 yore figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **report**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “what we report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **faith** refers to “believing in Christ” ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 2 hearing by the word of Christ Alternate translation: “hearing by listening to the message about Christ” ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From a0404fb9e5816143979bd71d9e7b3d9828e795ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 21:41:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 463762f7b2..652a647c78 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν ε ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 gxqu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 not all of them obeyed **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n ROM 10 16 hku8 writing-pronouns οὐ πάντες 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 16 dqe6 writing-pronouns ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed +ROM 10 16 dqe6 figs-personification ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed Here Pau speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be obeyed. Paul is referring to people responding to the gospel by believing it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “responded favorably to the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n From 985337de5c5fcb44c291d155d6c5e257aee26cd5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 21:45:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 652a647c78..f5e9fadc6c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν ε ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 gxqu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 not all of them obeyed **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n ROM 10 16 hku8 writing-pronouns οὐ πάντες 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 16 dqe6 figs-personification ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed Here Pau speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be obeyed. Paul is referring to people responding to the gospel by believing it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “responded favorably to the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n +ROM 10 16 dqe6 figs-personification ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be obeyed. Paul is referring to people obeying the command in the gospel to repent and believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeyed what God commanded in the gospel” or “responded favorably to the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\r\n\n\r ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n From 2a45655bcb72b8b7a8a9601e5c0002124de38886 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 21:50:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f5e9fadc6c..8495a46cc2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν ε ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 gxqu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 not all of them obeyed **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n ROM 10 16 hku8 writing-pronouns οὐ πάντες 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 16 dqe6 figs-personification ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be obeyed. Paul is referring to people obeying the command in the gospel to repent and believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeyed what God commanded in the gospel” or “responded favorably to the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\r\n\n\r +ROM 10 16 dqe6 figs-personification ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be **obeyed**. Paul is referring to obeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeyed what God commanded in the gospel” or “believed the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n From a046842d107614acf9fe9263eb5661f56b4255df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 22:12:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8495a46cc2..32b33dc024 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ ROM 10 15 ylan figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 52:7](../../isa/52/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 gxqu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 not all of them obeyed **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n -ROM 10 16 hku8 writing-pronouns οὐ πάντες 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 16 hku8 writing-pronouns οὐ πάντες 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** could refer to (1) the Jews, who are the main topic of chapters 9–11. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (2) all people, as in [verses 13–15](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “not everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 16 dqe6 figs-personification ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be **obeyed**. Paul is referring to obeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeyed what God commanded in the gospel” or “believed the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n From 556c048f35469b72783adc56bf37ed53296dc975 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 22:32:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 32b33dc024..f7a4b0ef1c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1913,7 +1913,9 @@ ROM 10 16 jvah figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Isaiah is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, surely no one has believed our report!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 figs-exclusive τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah, which would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 10 16 yore figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **report**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “what we report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **faith** refers to “believing in Christ” +ROM 10 17 hqcv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα 1 faith comes from hearing **So**, here indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–16](../10/14.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 10 17 xab6 ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing +ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **this faith** refers to believing in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 2 hearing by the word of Christ Alternate translation: “hearing by listening to the message about Christ” ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 80749f409a3eaa5446097661bc46380b95c1cb80 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 22:54:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f7a4b0ef1c..964b4793da 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1914,8 +1914,9 @@ ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀ ROM 10 16 z4s9 figs-exclusive τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah, which would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 10 16 yore figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **report**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “what we report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 17 hqcv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα 1 faith comes from hearing **So**, here indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–16](../10/14.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n -ROM 10 17 xab6 ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing +ROM 10 17 xab6 figs-ellipsis ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “this faith is received by hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **this faith** refers to believing in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 17 x765 ἀκοῆς…ἀκοὴ 1 faith comes from hearing ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 2 hearing by the word of Christ Alternate translation: “hearing by listening to the message about Christ” ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 19eb2eef9b9a6e6265c4af83510ea053a54c9824 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 22:57:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 964b4793da..3faeaa6e66 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1915,8 +1915,9 @@ ROM 10 16 z4s9 figs-exclusive τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, ** ROM 10 16 yore figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **report**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “what we report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 17 hqcv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα 1 faith comes from hearing **So**, here indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–16](../10/14.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 17 xab6 figs-ellipsis ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “this faith is received by hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **this faith** refers to believing in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 10 17 x765 ἀκοῆς…ἀκοὴ 1 faith comes from hearing +ROM 10 17 qdug figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what someone believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 17 wu5a figs-explicit ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **this faith** refers to believing in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 17 x765 figs-ellipsis ἀκοῆς…ἀκοὴ 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “hearing about Jesus … hearing about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 2 hearing by the word of Christ Alternate translation: “hearing by listening to the message about Christ” ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 2835fb439c5507c92c5b6d0d789aff7a76804cfd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:07:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3faeaa6e66..262cefc2e2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1918,7 +1918,8 @@ ROM 10 17 xab6 figs-ellipsis ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes f ROM 10 17 qdug figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what someone believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 17 wu5a figs-explicit ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **this faith** refers to believing in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 17 x765 figs-ellipsis ἀκοῆς…ἀκοὴ 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “hearing about Jesus … hearing about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 2 hearing by the word of Christ Alternate translation: “hearing by listening to the message about Christ” +ROM 10 17 nq87 figs-possession ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the word** that is about **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 10 17 aunq figs-abstractnouns ῥήματος 1 hearing by the word of Christ See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From b4ce14da1997297281f4b0b4ce80b5ec9601769b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:28:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 262cefc2e2..3bc202caca 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1920,6 +1920,7 @@ ROM 10 17 wu5a figs-explicit ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing Here, * ROM 10 17 x765 figs-ellipsis ἀκοῆς…ἀκοὴ 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “hearing about Jesus … hearing about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 17 nq87 figs-possession ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the word** that is about **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 17 aunq figs-abstractnouns ῥήματος 1 hearing by the word of Christ See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 18 a8bk grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 hearing by the word of Christ **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 224e050ebd5fbfea0afba91de524d89d8c4989df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:47:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3bc202caca..83c86fcacd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1921,8 +1921,12 @@ ROM 10 17 x765 figs-ellipsis ἀκοῆς…ἀκοὴ 1 faith comes from heari ROM 10 17 nq87 figs-possession ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the word** that is about **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 17 aunq figs-abstractnouns ῥήματος 1 hearing by the word of Christ See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 18 a8bk grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 hearing by the word of Christ **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 18 teco writing-pronouns λέγω 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n +ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The surely heard!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 18 zux3 figs-explicit μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **hear** in [verse 14](../10/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 18 djbd figs-explicit ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **they** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 10 18 tnzy figs-quotemarks εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. In this sentence Paul quotes [Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 18 lz77 figs-explicit εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you that Israel did know the message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 446b161b3af164e6076f367d21193523c815a57b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:59:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 83c86fcacd..dd110c77eb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1925,10 +1925,11 @@ ROM 10 18 teco writing-pronouns λέγω 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Y ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The surely heard!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 zux3 figs-explicit μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **hear** in [verse 14](../10/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 djbd figs-explicit ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **they** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 10 18 lz77 writing-quotations εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 18 tnzy figs-quotemarks εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. In this sentence Paul quotes [Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n -ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 18 lz77 figs-explicit εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes David saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 In this sentence **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars as if they were people who could make a **sound** or speak **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof that went out into all the earth, and they are proof to the ends of the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 This is an idiom that refers to everywhere people live on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you that Israel did know the message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 9e3f587466b5777d9275269bc1f7b71888cbe80f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 15 Oct 2022 00:00:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 106/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dd110c77eb..1461c02614 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ ROM 10 18 zux3 figs-explicit μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did t ROM 10 18 djbd figs-explicit ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **they** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 lz77 writing-quotations εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 18 tnzy figs-quotemarks εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. In this sentence Paul quotes [Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n -ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes David saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes David saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “What they said went everywhere in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 In this sentence **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars as if they were people who could make a **sound** or speak **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof that went out into all the earth, and they are proof to the ends of the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 This is an idiom that refers to everywhere people live on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you that Israel did know the message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 056fe2f59c2857ac866746ecaa2aa72b1c2e54cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 16:36:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1461c02614..f165c6d62d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1922,14 +1922,14 @@ ROM 10 17 nq87 figs-possession ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the ROM 10 17 aunq figs-abstractnouns ῥήματος 1 hearing by the word of Christ See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 18 a8bk grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 hearing by the word of Christ **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 18 teco writing-pronouns λέγω 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n -ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The surely heard!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Thye surely heard!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 zux3 figs-explicit μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **hear** in [verse 14](../10/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 djbd figs-explicit ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **they** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 lz77 writing-quotations εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 18 tnzy figs-quotemarks εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. In this sentence Paul quotes [Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes David saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “What they said went everywhere in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 In this sentence **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars as if they were people who could make a **sound** or speak **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof that went out into all the earth, and they are proof to the ends of the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 This is an idiom that refers to everywhere people live on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 In this sentence **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars as if they were people who could make a **sound** or speak **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof that went out into all the earth, and they are proof to the ends of the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 This is an idiom that refers to everywhere people live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you that Israel did know the message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 1239a17f41fa70a05e8fb076f21f4d1c081a7548 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 16:40:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 109/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f165c6d62d..431a553efa 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1930,7 +1930,8 @@ ROM 10 18 tnzy figs-quotemarks εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθ ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes David saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “What they said went everywhere in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 In this sentence **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars as if they were people who could make a **sound** or speak **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof that went out into all the earth, and they are proof to the ends of the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 This is an idiom that refers to everywhere people live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you that Israel did know the message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 19 n3q8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said [verse 17](../10/17.md) and also agrees with the statement in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an expression that shows the agreement between this verse and the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Furthermore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you that Israel did know the message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-youcrowd ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 Both instances of **I** refer to God, and **you** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) From 34cb96cdfb68eeda08256af8c1ac1f51ffb3d752 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 16:41:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 431a553efa..c969a98419 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1931,6 +1931,7 @@ ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλ ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 In this sentence **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars as if they were people who could make a **sound** or speak **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof that went out into all the earth, and they are proof to the ends of the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 This is an idiom that refers to everywhere people live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 10 19 n3q8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said [verse 17](../10/17.md) and also agrees with the statement in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an expression that shows the agreement between this verse and the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Furthermore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 19 uu9g writing-pronouns λέγω 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you that Israel did know the message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 1398f5f04d24a27dd0be54b7faccfa5169788bca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 17:05:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c969a98419..c5bd65c344 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ ROM 10 17 nq87 figs-possession ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the ROM 10 17 aunq figs-abstractnouns ῥήματος 1 hearing by the word of Christ See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 18 a8bk grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 hearing by the word of Christ **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 18 teco writing-pronouns λέγω 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n -ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Thye surely heard!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “They most surely heard!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 zux3 figs-explicit μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **hear** in [verse 14](../10/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 djbd figs-explicit ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **they** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 lz77 writing-quotations εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n @@ -1932,10 +1932,11 @@ ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξ ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 This is an idiom that refers to everywhere people live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 10 19 n3q8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said [verse 17](../10/17.md) and also agrees with the statement in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an expression that shows the agreement between this verse and the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Furthermore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 19 uu9g writing-pronouns λέγω 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you that Israel did know the message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Israel most surely knew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-youcrowd ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 Both instances of **I** refer to God, and **you** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-youcrowd ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation Alternate translation: “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation” ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger Alternate translation: “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry” From d63252da2adc00ff34e11f14ec3ae49cb621e478 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 17:25:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c5bd65c344..8e9d329b1c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1923,8 +1923,9 @@ ROM 10 17 aunq figs-abstractnouns ῥήματος 1 hearing by the word of Chri ROM 10 18 a8bk grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 hearing by the word of Christ **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 18 teco writing-pronouns λέγω 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “They most surely heard!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 18 zux3 figs-explicit μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **hear** in [verse 14](../10/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 djbd figs-explicit ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **they** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 18 wxxj figs-doublenegatives μὴ οὐκ 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n +ROM 10 18 zux3 figs-explicit μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **hear** in [verse 14](../10/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 lz77 writing-quotations εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 18 tnzy figs-quotemarks εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. In this sentence Paul quotes [Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes David saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “What they said went everywhere in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From a5f9e1ba3809246a31867fa5ddabbfa436304fca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 17:27:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8e9d329b1c..f0783280dd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1934,7 +1934,8 @@ ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 Th ROM 10 19 n3q8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said [verse 17](../10/17.md) and also agrees with the statement in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an expression that shows the agreement between this verse and the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Furthermore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 19 uu9g writing-pronouns λέγω 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Israel most surely knew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 19 dkcp figs-doublenegatives μὴ…οὐκ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-youcrowd ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) From 02ad6971df19b81240b3433085a4451c8cfb2e9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 17:41:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 114/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f0783280dd..12bd720a05 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1922,6 +1922,7 @@ ROM 10 17 nq87 figs-possession ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the ROM 10 17 aunq figs-abstractnouns ῥήματος 1 hearing by the word of Christ See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 18 a8bk grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 hearing by the word of Christ **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 18 teco writing-pronouns λέγω 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n +ROM 10 18 vkvg figs-quotemarks μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν… εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting himself and the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “They most surely heard!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 djbd figs-explicit ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **they** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 wxxj figs-doublenegatives μὴ οὐκ 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n @@ -1933,6 +1934,7 @@ ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξ ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 This is an idiom that refers to everywhere people live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 10 19 n3q8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said [verse 17](../10/17.md) and also agrees with the statement in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an expression that shows the agreement between this verse and the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Furthermore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 19 uu9g writing-pronouns λέγω 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 19 imik figs-quotemarks μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω…ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ, παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting himself and the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Israel most surely knew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 dkcp figs-doublenegatives μὴ…οὐκ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From 39dd78e90a0ab6f34107869e2ed576da6121fb68 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 17:46:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 12bd720a05..abc57657c1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym ROM 10 19 dkcp figs-doublenegatives μὴ…οὐκ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-youcrowd ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-explicit ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In this verse **you** refers to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I myself will provoke you Israelites to jealousy … I will provoke you Israelites to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation Alternate translation: “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation” ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger Alternate translation: “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry” From 444f4a6474864772807e9cc3155913011ff55825 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 17:49:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 116/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index abc57657c1..8c99411956 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ ROM 10 19 n3q8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicat ROM 10 19 uu9g writing-pronouns λέγω 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 19 imik figs-quotemarks μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω…ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ, παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting himself and the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Israel most surely knew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here Paul uses the word **Israel** to refer to the physical descendants of Jacob, whom God also called Israel. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 dkcp figs-doublenegatives μὴ…οὐκ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 97df66f595973dde60ddb18d516bc1b126795257 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 17:50:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 117/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8c99411956..3adc06f61b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1939,6 +1939,7 @@ ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here Paul uses the word **Israel** to refer to the physical descendants of Jacob, whom God also called Israel. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 dkcp figs-doublenegatives μὴ…οὐκ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 19 yt4r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-explicit ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In this verse **you** refers to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I myself will provoke you Israelites to jealousy … I will provoke you Israelites to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation Alternate translation: “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation” From eb219370441032587d971d01f65fac4bcc940a27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 17:52:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 118/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3adc06f61b..941b3c1811 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ ROM 10 19 imik figs-quotemarks μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω…ἐγὼ ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Israel most surely knew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here Paul uses the word **Israel** to refer to the physical descendants of Jacob, whom God also called Israel. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 dkcp figs-doublenegatives μὴ…οὐκ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 This phrase means that Moses wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 yt4r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-explicit ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In this verse **you** refers to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I myself will provoke you Israelites to jealousy … I will provoke you Israelites to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 38d5385cb2cf3cb892beaf0e07b8ccbeb28e8709 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 17:55:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 119/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 941b3c1811..b0326df629 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1938,6 +1938,7 @@ ROM 10 19 imik figs-quotemarks μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω…ἐγὼ ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Israel most surely knew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here Paul uses the word **Israel** to refer to the physical descendants of Jacob, whom God also called Israel. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 dkcp figs-doublenegatives μὴ…οὐκ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ROM 10 19 k4gk writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:21](../../deu/32/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 This phrase means that Moses wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 yt4r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From f27ca29f8089bb9b2b4414ca2c56c48a84658d3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 18:19:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 120/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b0326df629..4562ba1dc4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1941,9 +1941,11 @@ ROM 10 19 dkcp figs-doublenegatives μὴ…οὐκ 1 The phrase **certainly no ROM 10 19 k4gk writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:21](../../deu/32/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 This phrase means that Moses wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 yt4r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n -ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 19 qvfa figs-parallelism ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ, παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I myself will make you jealous and angry by using a non-nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In this sentence the pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 19 fklp figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς 1 God uses the word **myself** to emphasize who is provoking Israel to be jealous. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am indeed the one who will provide you to jealousy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-explicit ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In this verse **you** refers to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I myself will provoke you Israelites to jealousy … I will provoke you Israelites to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation Alternate translation: “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation” +ROM 10 19 ve6t figs-explicit ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation The phrase **a non-nation** refers to a group of people whom God did not previously have a relationship with. The meaning of **non-nation** is similar to “not my people” used in [9:25–26](../09/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by those people who did not belong to me” or “by those people whom I did not consider to be a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger Alternate translation: “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry” ROM 10 19 a7k7 figs-youcrowd ὑμᾶς 1 you Here, **you** refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) From f7081832dd156f5128342ae0b76f32cd60ee3569 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 18:34:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 121/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4562ba1dc4..da4bdc78ec 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1945,10 +1945,9 @@ ROM 10 19 qvfa figs-parallelism ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ἐπ ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In this sentence the pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 19 fklp figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς 1 God uses the word **myself** to emphasize who is provoking Israel to be jealous. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am indeed the one who will provide you to jealousy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-explicit ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In this verse **you** refers to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I myself will provoke you Israelites to jealousy … I will provoke you Israelites to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 19 o0gr figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **jealousy** and **anger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I myself will cause you to become jealous … I will cause you to become angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 19 ve6t figs-explicit ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation The phrase **a non-nation** refers to a group of people whom God did not previously have a relationship with. The meaning of **non-nation** is similar to “not my people” used in [9:25–26](../09/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by those people who did not belong to me” or “by those people whom I did not consider to be a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger Alternate translation: “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry” -ROM 10 19 a7k7 figs-youcrowd ὑμᾶς 1 you Here, **you** refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **senseless** means that these people do not know God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 20 qcx2 0 General Information: Here the words **I**, “me,” and “my” refer to God. ROM 10 20 cv1x Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This means the prophet **Isaiah** wrote what God had said. ROM 10 20 fc4b εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. From 6429138e76237541bfc4bf58a3ec51065ebf760b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 20:23:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index da4bdc78ec..debd308714 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1948,8 +1948,10 @@ ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-explicit ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παρο ROM 10 19 o0gr figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **jealousy** and **anger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I myself will cause you to become jealous … I will cause you to become angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 19 ve6t figs-explicit ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation The phrase **a non-nation** refers to a group of people whom God did not previously have a relationship with. The meaning of **non-nation** is similar to “not my people” used in [9:25–26](../09/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by those people who did not belong to me” or “by those people whom I did not consider to be a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **senseless** means that these people do not know God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 20 qcx2 0 General Information: Here the words **I**, “me,” and “my” refer to God. -ROM 10 20 cv1x Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This means the prophet **Isaiah** wrote what God had said. +ROM 10 20 mrwz writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1–2](../../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 20 kig6 figs-pastforfuture ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **is** and **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “was very bold and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n +ROM 10 20 cv1x figs-explicit Ἠσαΐας…ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This phrase means that **Isaiah** wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +ROM 10 20 pp4f figs-quotemarks εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:1–2](../../isa/65/01.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 20 fc4b εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 20 t78j ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην 1 I appeared Alternate translation: “I made myself known” From 50935492f7bf39f78dd371f99e0d605f0a379b06 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 20:32:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 123/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index debd308714..4bf1c4edcb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1952,8 +1952,10 @@ ROM 10 20 mrwz writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ ROM 10 20 kig6 figs-pastforfuture ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **is** and **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “was very bold and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 20 cv1x figs-explicit Ἠσαΐας…ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This phrase means that **Isaiah** wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 10 20 pp4f figs-quotemarks εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:1–2](../../isa/65/01.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n -ROM 10 20 fc4b εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. -ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 10 20 yoxf writing-pronouns εὑρέθην…ἐμὲ…ἐμφανὴς…ἐμὲ 1 In this verse the pronoun **I** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, was found … me; I, God, appeared … for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n +ROM 10 20 wona figs-parallelism εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I was revealed to those people who did not even want to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n +ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-pastforfuture εὑρέθην…ἐμφανὴς 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Paul quotes God using the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will be found … I will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n +ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 f your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who were not seeking me found me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 20 t78j ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην 1 I appeared Alternate translation: “I made myself known” ROM 10 20 k8pp λέγει 1 he says **He** refers to God, who is speaking through Isaiah. ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “Continually” From 7858f22ae7a498c0e7e28306831bf468ef824eb1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 20:35:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 124/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4bf1c4edcb..11cad78851 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1956,7 +1956,7 @@ ROM 10 20 yoxf writing-pronouns εὑρέθην…ἐμὲ…ἐμφανὴς… ROM 10 20 wona figs-parallelism εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I was revealed to those people who did not even want to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-pastforfuture εὑρέθην…ἐμφανὴς 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Paul quotes God using the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will be found … I will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 f your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who were not seeking me found me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 20 t78j ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην 1 I appeared Alternate translation: “I made myself known” +ROM 10 20 t78j figs-explicit τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 I appeared These two clauses refer to non-Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the non-Jews, who were not seeking me; I appeared to the non-Jews, who were not asking for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 20 k8pp λέγει 1 he says **He** refers to God, who is speaking through Isaiah. ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “Continually” ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of reaching out a hand represents offering help to a person. Alternate translation: “I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From e62101f56719a147a84c66e49917f4d77f5e47a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:05:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 125/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 11cad78851..713264bf24 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-explicit ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παρο ROM 10 19 o0gr figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **jealousy** and **anger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I myself will cause you to become jealous … I will cause you to become angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 19 ve6t figs-explicit ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation The phrase **a non-nation** refers to a group of people whom God did not previously have a relationship with. The meaning of **non-nation** is similar to “not my people” used in [9:25–26](../09/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by those people who did not belong to me” or “by those people whom I did not consider to be a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **senseless** means that these people do not know God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 20 mrwz writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1–2](../../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 20 mrwz writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1–2](../../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and he says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 20 kig6 figs-pastforfuture ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **is** and **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “was very bold and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 20 cv1x figs-explicit Ἠσαΐας…ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This phrase means that **Isaiah** wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 10 20 pp4f figs-quotemarks εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:1–2](../../isa/65/01.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n From dc0fb21c11cda67c6a33f582e4613650724fb75e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:39:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 126/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 713264bf24..edd20b045c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ ROM 10 20 wona figs-parallelism εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-pastforfuture εὑρέθην…ἐμφανὴς 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Paul quotes God using the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will be found … I will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 f your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who were not seeking me found me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 20 t78j figs-explicit τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 I appeared These two clauses refer to non-Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the non-Jews, who were not seeking me; I appeared to the non-Jews, who were not asking for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 20 k8pp λέγει 1 he says **He** refers to God, who is speaking through Isaiah. +ROM 10 21 pziq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression that makes this contrast clearer. Alternate translation: “By contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “Continually” ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of reaching out a hand represents offering help to a person. Alternate translation: “I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)
* Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)
* Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)
* God will save Israel (11:15–32)
* Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”

Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) From b57c808adbffeb8389e015ab763565fdfebc0393 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:47:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index edd20b045c..859c0d70f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1948,16 +1948,19 @@ ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-explicit ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παρο ROM 10 19 o0gr figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **jealousy** and **anger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I myself will cause you to become jealous … I will cause you to become angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 19 ve6t figs-explicit ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation The phrase **a non-nation** refers to a group of people whom God did not previously have a relationship with. The meaning of **non-nation** is similar to “not my people” used in [9:25–26](../09/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by those people who did not belong to me” or “by those people whom I did not consider to be a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **senseless** means that these people do not know God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 20 mrwz writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1–2](../../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and he says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 20 mrwz writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1](../../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and he says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 20 kig6 figs-pastforfuture ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **is** and **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “was very bold and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 20 cv1x figs-explicit Ἠσαΐας…ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This phrase means that **Isaiah** wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -ROM 10 20 pp4f figs-quotemarks εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:1–2](../../isa/65/01.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +ROM 10 20 pp4f figs-quotemarks εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:1](../../isa/65/01.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 20 yoxf writing-pronouns εὑρέθην…ἐμὲ…ἐμφανὴς…ἐμὲ 1 In this verse the pronoun **I** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, was found … me; I, God, appeared … for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n ROM 10 20 wona figs-parallelism εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I was revealed to those people who did not even want to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-pastforfuture εὑρέθην…ἐμφανὴς 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Paul quotes God using the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will be found … I will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 f your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who were not seeking me found me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 20 t78j figs-explicit τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 I appeared These two clauses refer to non-Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the non-Jews, who were not seeking me; I appeared to the non-Jews, who were not asking for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 21 pziq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression that makes this contrast clearer. Alternate translation: “By contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n +ROM 10 21 afo5 writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “to Israel God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 10 21 ksjg figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [verse 19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 21 tp8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “Continually” ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of reaching out a hand represents offering help to a person. Alternate translation: “I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)
* Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)
* Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)
* God will save Israel (11:15–32)
* Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”

Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) From 8078b23de2c375974364af0f84b14ffd91dbfe5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:48:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 128/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 859c0d70f2..035dcac737 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1961,6 +1961,7 @@ ROM 10 21 pziq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates th ROM 10 21 afo5 writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “to Israel God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 21 ksjg figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [verse 19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 21 tp8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 10 21 gtwp figs-quotemarks ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “Continually” ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of reaching out a hand represents offering help to a person. Alternate translation: “I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)
* Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)
* Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)
* God will save Israel (11:15–32)
* Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”

Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) From 926cc86c40ddcc02407cf2171abacdd53efb1a98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:52:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 129/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 035dcac737..bfafb9abb5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1962,8 +1962,8 @@ ROM 10 21 afo5 writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγει ROM 10 21 ksjg figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [verse 19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 21 tp8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 21 gtwp figs-quotemarks ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “Continually” -ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of reaching out a hand represents offering help to a person. Alternate translation: “I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is an idiom used to indicate God’s continual effort. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα\r 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of stretching out **hands** represents offering help to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I tried to help a disobedient and contrary people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)
* Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)
* Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)
* God will save Israel (11:15–32)
* Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”

Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) ROM 11 1 p2h9 0 Connecting Statement: Though Israel as a nation has rejected God, God wants them to understand salvation comes by grace without works. ROM 11 1 wp35 λέγω οὖν 1 I say then Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say then” From 4ec1667c121f3d2e0e8a7d0dc13437193e9038dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:55:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 130/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bfafb9abb5..412540c45f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@ ROM 10 21 afo5 writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγει ROM 10 21 ksjg figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [verse 19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 21 tp8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 21 gtwp figs-quotemarks ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is an idiom used to indicate God’s continual effort. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long The phrase **whole day** is an idiom used to indicate God’s continual effort. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα\r 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of stretching out **hands** represents offering help to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I tried to help a disobedient and contrary people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)
* Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)
* Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)
* God will save Israel (11:15–32)
* Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”

Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) ROM 11 1 p2h9 0 Connecting Statement: Though Israel as a nation has rejected God, God wants them to understand salvation comes by grace without works. From 829aaca03222d37391526463758c1b6bf1abb55e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 22:48:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 131/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 412540c45f..0d7980e653 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1963,7 +1963,8 @@ ROM 10 21 ksjg figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 See how you translated **Israel* ROM 10 21 tp8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 21 gtwp figs-quotemarks ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long The phrase **whole day** is an idiom used to indicate God’s continual effort. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα\r 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of stretching out **hands** represents offering help to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I tried to help a disobedient and contrary people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα\r 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of stretching out **hands** toward someone represents welcoming or inviting someone to be a friend. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I welcomed a disobedient and contrary people to be my friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ROM 10 21 g03t figs-explicit λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people This phrase refers to **Israel**, whom God was speaking to in this quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you disobedient and contradictory people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)
* Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)
* Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)
* God will save Israel (11:15–32)
* Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”

Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) ROM 11 1 p2h9 0 Connecting Statement: Though Israel as a nation has rejected God, God wants them to understand salvation comes by grace without works. ROM 11 1 wp35 λέγω οὖν 1 I say then Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say then” From 55807c54dfc41ca27e530eb82f2d920cf793b53a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 23:21:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 132/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0d7980e653..9c38936a03 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ ROM 9 33 h3tw figs-possession λίθον προσκόμματος 1 stone of stu ROM 9 33 c8t8 figs-possession πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rock that causes offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 33 knfh figs-abstractnouns σκανδάλου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that offends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 33 tu4i figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 believes in it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not shame the one who believes on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s righteousness\n\nPaul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”\n\nIn [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the pronouns “they,” “them,” and “their” always refer to the people of Israel. However, those pronouns refer to various things and people in [verses 5–21](../10/05.md), which will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”\n\nPaul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the people of Israel jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)\n * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”\n\nIn [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the pronouns “they,” “them,” and “their” always refer to the people of Israel. However, those pronouns refer to various things and people in [verses 5–21](../10/05.md), which will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 1 v3jp figs-abstractnouns ἡ…εὐδοκία…ἡ δέησις…σωτηρίαν 1 my heart’s desire If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good pleasure**, **prayer**, and **salvation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the very pleasing thing … what I pray … them to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my inner being” or “of my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 60ca5d2b8ddf6a0340572cf331cff3c7f22b8b7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 23:34:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 133/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9c38936a03..e251080898 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ ROM 10 1 v3jp figs-abstractnouns ἡ…εὐδοκία…ἡ δέησις…σω ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my inner being” or “of my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 1 tmf2 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** in [verses 1–4](../10/01.md) refers to Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 2 y7qg grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I feel this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 10 2 adka figs-abstractnouns ζῆλον…ἔχουσιν…οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **zeal** and **full knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the are zealous … not by fully knowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 2 adka figs-abstractnouns ζῆλον…ἔχουσιν…οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **zeal** and **full knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they are zealous … not by fully knowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 2 rjqd figs-possession ζῆλον Θεοῦ ἔχουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **zeal** that is directed toward **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they have a zeal for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 2 pxyj figs-ellipsis οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they have zeal of God that is not according to full knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 3 e7p2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From f8d98352e63ad39e6744ab9763f8d96a0da9058a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 23:42:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 134/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e251080898..ce167e6b05 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ ROM 10 6 ksbr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense ROM 10 6 ezma figs-quotemarks μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 9:4](../../deu/09/04.md) and [Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd σου 1 Do not say in your heart Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See how you translated **heart** in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 6 gi7s figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come down to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 6 y5c3 grammar-connect-logic-goal Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of bringing Christ down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ 1 Paul uses **or** here to connect a quotation from [Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md) with a paraphrase of [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n From d0d5550ea3df42fd40312d2719553bbfdd5dd882 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 23:45:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 135/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ce167e6b05..196e1eecf5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1840,7 +1840,7 @@ ROM 10 6 gi7s figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγ ROM 10 6 y5c3 grammar-connect-logic-goal Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of bringing Christ down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ 1 Paul uses **or** here to connect a quotation from [Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md) with a paraphrase of [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 In this sentence Paul paraphrases [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 gw0r figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come up from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 8 ian2 writing-quotations τί λέγει? 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 30:14](../../deu/30/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what does it say in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 95934d344900dc398d5f6631ea24c91f8efb8ba9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 23:50:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 136/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 196e1eecf5..f1bdb55870 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐ ROM 10 8 sx8r figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses using **word** to describe what God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 wpvg figs-youcrowd σου…σου…σου 1 The word is near you Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of your in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The phrase **in your mouth** refers to being able to say something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you know how to speak it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart See how you translated heart in verse 1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart See how you translated **heart** in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 lh5d figs-possession τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is about **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the word about faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 8 v7ho figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 8 o4oy figs-exclusive κηρύσσομεν 1 Here, **we** refers to Paul and other Christians who **proclaim** the gospel, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 8f6b4087f17ab8a50176b98fe4d0b2be29ebab7a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 23:54:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 137/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f1bdb55870..35f2859004 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1856,16 +1856,16 @@ ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … i ROM 10 8 lh5d figs-possession τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is about **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the word about faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 8 v7ho figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 8 o4oy figs-exclusive κηρύσσομεν 1 Here, **we** refers to Paul and other Christians who **proclaim** the gospel, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 10 9 q5un grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord **for** here indicates that what follows is an explanation of what “the word of faith” is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This word we proclaim is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 10 9 q5un grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord **For** here indicates that what follows is an explanation of what “the word of faith” is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This word we proclaim is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 9 pawz figs-youcrowd ὁμολογήσῃς…σου…σου…σωθήσῃ 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Paul addresses his readers as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular. See how you translated **you** and **your** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 9 tz7r figs-explicit ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord This phrase indicates the means by which a person confesses **Jesus is Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by using your mouth you confess, ‘Jesus is Lord’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart See how you translated this phrase in [verses 6](../10/06.md) and [8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 10 iv0v grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 10 10 iv0v grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ…πιστεύεται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 10 g3nf figs-explicit πιστεύεται…ὁμολογεῖται 1 The subjects of these phrases are implied from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one believes that God raised Jesus from the dead … one confesses that Jesus is Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 10 o3a7 figs-metonymy εἰς δικαιοσύνην…εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 Both occurrences of **to** in this verse indicate that what follows is a result. Use the most natural way in your language to state a result. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness … resulting in salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 10 o3a7 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς δικαιοσύνην…εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 Both occurrences of **to** in this verse indicate that what follows them are results. Use the most natural way in your language to state a result. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness … resulting in salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 10 10 h20k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-explicit στόματι…ὁμολογεῖται 1 with the mouth See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 10 uroy figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 with the mouth See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 7c45a9657cb1463e2ca1fdb89ef477c877e4fcdc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 15:47:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 138/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 35f2859004..7a1fb31a59 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1871,14 +1871,14 @@ ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-explicit στόματι…ὁμολογεῖται 1 with th ROM 10 10 uroy figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 with the mouth See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 11 rlqi grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n -ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n +ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n ROM 10 11 whdz figs-activepassive λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame See how you translated this sentence in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 12 ygv8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse gives another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 12 ygv8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse gives another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 12 fvlg figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not distinguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 12 z8p4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 10 12 j7vw figs-possession Κύριος πάντων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the one who is **Lord** who rules over **all**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Lord is ruling over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 10 12 r2jx figs-nominaladj πάντων…πάντας 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “is of all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 10 12 j7vw figs-possession Κύριος πάντων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **Lord** who rules over **all**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Lord is ruling over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 10 12 r2jx figs-nominaladj πάντων…πάντας 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “is of all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means to bless others richly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 oe6l figs-explicit ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 Here, **call upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who call upon him to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 qzs5 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 99535a04a1b0b09ccae4b95c0ebb3c1eeb5c5040 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:05:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 139/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7a1fb31a59..6b6675af14 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ ROM 10 12 fvlg figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολὴ 1 If yo ROM 10 12 z8p4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 10 12 j7vw figs-possession Κύριος πάντων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **Lord** who rules over **all**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Lord is ruling over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 12 r2jx figs-nominaladj πάντων…πάντας 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “is of all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means to bless others richly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means to bless others generously. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 oe6l figs-explicit ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 Here, **call upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who call upon him to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 qzs5 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 13 cxph grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From e1a698de329b3f2b7becb7819bd1f64cc960598b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:09:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 140/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 32 ++++++++++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6b6675af14..f400f840ef 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ ROM 1 6 sks2 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 In this letter, with four exceptio ROM 1 6 qq9z figs-possession κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **called ones** who were called by **Jesus Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “ones called by Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 7 z85a figs-123person πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, and they would name those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “To all of you who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 1 7 ymaj translate-names Ῥώμῃ 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people **Rome** is the name of a city, the capital city of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 1 7 zfwq figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the adjective **beloved** as a noun in order to describe the church at Rome. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this words with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are loved of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 1 7 zfwq figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the adjective **beloved** as a noun in order to describe the church at Rome. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are loved of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 7 rkdh figs-possession ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **beloved** who are loved by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loved by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 7 v8bl translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you, and peace In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) ROM 1 7 ys4e figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you, and peace If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show his gracious acts to you and make you feel peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ ROM 1 25 bl7p figs-doublet ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν ROM 1 25 x3t4 figs-abstractnouns τῇ κτίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **creation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what was created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 25 xrsa figs-distinguish ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 This phrase gives us further information about **the Creator**. It is not making a distinction between **God** and **the Creator**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God who is blessed to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 25 m8zg translate-blessing ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 After naming **the Creator**, Paul adds a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may he be blessed to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) -ROM 1 25 v1ex figs-nominaladj εὐλογητὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective **blessed** as a noun in order to describe **the Creator**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the blessed one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 1 25 v1ex figs-nominaladj εὐλογητὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective **blessed** as a noun in order to describe **the Creator**. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the blessed one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 26 sk6f figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 26 hw81 figs-possession πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions Paul is using the possessive form to describe **passions** that are characterized by **dishonor**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “dishonorable” instead of the noun “dishonor.” Alternate translation: “dishonorable passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 26 lk73 figs-abstractnouns πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions** and **dishonor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “dishonor themselves by doing what they are passionate about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -185,15 +185,15 @@ ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They are full of e ROM 1 29 uqks figs-abstractnouns πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unrighteousness**, **wickedness**, **covetousness**, and **malice**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “filled with all unrighteous, wicked, covetous, and malicious thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 Paul uses **full of** figuratively to refer to these ungodly people as if they were a container **full of** the sins that Paul lists in this clause. Like a container that is **full of** something, the people are completely controlled by these sins. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully controlled by envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 29 dzda figs-abstractnouns μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **envy**, **murder**, **strife**, **deceit**, and **evil intent**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they are full of envious, murderous, contentious, and deceitful thoughts, and they intend to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 30 f4tt figs-nominaladj θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…ἀπειθεῖς 1 slanderers Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 1 30 f4tt figs-nominaladj θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…ἀπειθεῖς 1 slanderers Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 30 th8q figs-abstractnouns καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **slanderers** and **inventors** in another way. Alternate translation: “people who speak against others … people who invent ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** who invent **evil things**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 31 i7ix figs-nominaladj ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας 1 Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, faithless, heartless, and merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 1 31 i7ix figs-nominaladj ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας 1 Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, faithless, heartless, and merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 32 cxx8 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δικαίωμα 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteous decree**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 32 ytu6 figs-possession τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 32 z12q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 are deserving of death Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 32 iqg1 writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [verses 28–31](../01/28/md). If this would confuse your readers, you could make state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 32 p9e9 figs-nominaladj ἄξιοι θανάτου 1 Paul is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who deserve death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 1 32 p9e9 figs-nominaladj ἄξιοι θανάτου 1 Paul is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who deserve death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 32 t0ls figs-abstractnouns ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 32 awth figs-explicit ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν 1 Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die spiritually” or “are worthy of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 intro dse2 0 # Romans 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
* All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)
* All Jews have sinned (2:1–3:8)

In this chapter Paul shifts his audience from Roman Christians to people who “judge” other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Law”

In this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. Paul says that those who try to obey the Law of Moses will not be justified by trying to obey it. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

In [verses 1–5](../02/01.md) Paul uses the singular pronoun “you” and the singular noun “man” to refer to all people in general. If your language does not use singular pronouns or singular nouns to refer to a group of people, you can use a different expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) @@ -260,12 +260,12 @@ ROM 2 9 qonf figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία 1 If ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία 1 tribulation and distress on These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how intense God’s judgment will be against these people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Distressing tribulation” or “Intense distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul uses **soul of man** to refer to the whole life of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 9 msox figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 2 9 n7q4 figs-nominaladj τὸ κακόν 1 has practiced evil Paul is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe things people do. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “what is evil” or “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 2 9 n7q4 figs-nominaladj τὸ κακόν 1 has practiced evil Paul is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe things people do. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “what is evil” or “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 9 a9s5 figs-explicit Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first This phrase could mean: (1) the Jews will have greater responsibility because God offered salvation to them first. Alternate translation: “especially for the Jewish person and also for the non-Jewish person” (2) the Jews will be judged before non-Jews, which is the same meaning as in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 9 csnc figs-explicit Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first See how you translated this phrase in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 10 i9tg figs-abstractnouns δόξα…καὶ τιμὴ 1 practices good If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God will glorify and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 10 t2od figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνη 1 practices good If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Here, **peace** could refer to: (1) feeling calm and secure. Alternate translation: “a peaceful feeling” (2) being at peace with God. Alternate translation: “a peaceful relationship with God” (3) both a peaceful feeling and a peaceful relationship with God. “a peaceful feeling and a peaceful relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 10 ib56 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 first Paul is using the adjective **good** as a noun in order to describe things people do. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good deeds” or “things that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 2 10 ib56 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 first Paul is using the adjective **good** as a noun in order to describe things people do. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good deeds” or “things that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 10 u06j figs-explicit Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 11 eol0 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **favoritism**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not honor one type of person above another” or “God is not more favorable toward one person than another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 12 wkx8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For as many as have sinned **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 12–16](../02/12.md) gives the reason for the phrase “there is no favoritism with God” in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-ellipsis ὠφελεῖ 1 Paul is leaving out a word here th ROM 2 25 pqhz figs-possession παραβάτης νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who transgresses **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “one who transgresses the law” or “one who breaks the law”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that the person who transgresses God’s **law** is no longer physically circumcised. If this would confuse your readers, you express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are not circumcised” or “it is the same as if you were never circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s suppose then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -ROM 2 26 r9i4 figs-nominaladj ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using the adjective **uncircumcision** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 2 26 r9i4 figs-nominaladj ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using the adjective **uncircumcision** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, **keeps** is an idiom that means “obeys.” If your readers would not understand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will consider his uncircumcision to be circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -466,9 +466,9 @@ ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it ROM 3 10 zkzr figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 10 ju1k figs-quotemarks οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 This is as it is written This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:3](../../psa/14/03.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** even one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one type of person who is righteous” or “Absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 b0m7 figs-quotemarks οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:2](../../psa/14/02.md) and [Psalm 53:3](../../psa/53/03.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands Here, **who understands** refers to someone who is able to think wisely or correctly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is none who is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 Her, Paul quotes David using**seeks** figuratively to describe people attempting to know God as if God were lost and people needed to find him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who attempts to know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 lg0i figs-quotemarks πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 They have all turned away This sentence is quotation of [Psalm 14:3](../../psa/14/03.md) and [Psalm 53:4](../../psa/53/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημ ROM 4 5 ynp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 j3ir figs-explicit τῷ…μὴ ἐργαζομένῳ 1 Here, **the one who does not work** refers to a person who does not obey the laws God gave through Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the one who is does not obey God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 Here, **the one who makes righteous** refers to God. If this would your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who justifies” or “God who makes righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “God counted his faith as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being righteous” or “how he trusts in God … as being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει 1 Paul uses **David also speaks of** here to introduce a scripture quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../psa/031/001.md), which King David wrote. This occurs in [verses 7–8](../04/07.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “David also wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ ROM 5 8 qh0h figs-rpronouns ἑαυτοῦ 1 Paul uses the word **his own** to ROM 5 8 vh6y figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much God loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 8 c8vd grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν 1 In this clause Paul is describing something that was true during the time period he is describing in the rest of the verse. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “during the time we were still being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) ROM 5 8 fel5 figs-infostructure ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Christ died for us, while we were still being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 5 8 w7hy figs-nominaladj ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **sinners** as a plural noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who lived sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 5 8 w7hy figs-nominaladj ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **sinners** as a plural noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who lived sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 9 vnxd grammar-connect-logic-result πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul described in [verses 6–8](../05/06.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result, much more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 9 tewt grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον 1 **Much more then** here strongly emphasizes that what follows is another important result of what Christ did for us. Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “It is then much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 9 zp4v grammar-connect-logic-result δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 This clause states the reason why **we** can be **much more** certain that **we will be saved**. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because we have now been justified by his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ ROM 5 12 smc2 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἁμαρτία…τῆς ἁμαρτίας ROM 5 12 uxcs figs-ellipsis διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and through sin death entered into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 12 xhbv figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 5 12 jy25 writing-pronouns ἐφ’ ᾧ πάντες ἥμαρτον 1 Here the pronoun **which** could refer to: (1) the fact that Paul states in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “because of this fact, namely, that all sinned” (2) the **one man** mentioned earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “because of the one man all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 5 12 si2i figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all men” or “all humanity” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 5 12 si2i figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all men” or “all humanity” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 13 at4i grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 13–14](../05/13.md) explains how death and **sin** existed before the **law**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 13 e6bx figs-ellipsis ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου…μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For until the law came … when there was no law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 13 abjg grammar-collectivenouns νόμου…νόμου 1 In this verse **law** refers to the laws that God gave the Jews through Moses. See how you translated **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) @@ -895,8 +895,8 @@ ROM 5 15 ieb0 figs-infostructure οὐχ ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτ ROM 5 15 sful grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gracious gift**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 15 yxej grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gracious gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 5 15 kdhb figs-possession τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the trespass** that was committed by the **one** man. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “by one man’s trespass” or “because one man trespassed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 5 15 mm6y figs-nominaladj τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective phrase **the one** as a noun in order to refer to Adam, as in the previous verse. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could make these references explicit. Alternate translation: “of Adam, the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 5 15 e9me figs-nominaladj οἱ πολλοὶ…τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 Here Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a large group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 5 15 mm6y figs-nominaladj τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective phrase **the one** as a noun in order to refer to Adam, as in the previous verse. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of Adam, the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 5 15 e9me figs-nominaladj οἱ πολλοὶ…τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 Here Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a large group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 15 h6c3 grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 Here, **how much more** strongly emphasizes the difference between the results of **the trespass** of Adam and the **grace of God** that comes through **Jesus Christ**. Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “even more certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 15 tfhj figs-infostructure ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “abounded to the many the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 5 15 ejxz figs-possession ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s grace” or “the grace from God” or “how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ ROM 8 34 j1dj figs-ellipsis ὁ κατακρινῶν 1 Who is the one who conde ROM 8 34 u627 grammar-connect-logic-result Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ ἀποθανών, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐγερθείς ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὃς καὶ ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 This sentences states the reason why the idea in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “No one can condemn because Christ Jesus is the one who died—but more than that, he was raised who also is at the right hand of God—who also intercedes on our behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 34 tw3l figs-activepassive ἐγερθείς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 34 dea5 figs-idiom ἐγερθείς 1 See how you translated **raised** in [4:25](../04/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 34 uc9o figs-nominaladj ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate the **right** side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “at the right side of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 8 34 uc9o figs-nominaladj ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate the **right** side. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “at the right side of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 8 34 vd8g figs-explicit ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at a place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 35 h9ba figs-rquestion τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ? 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one will separate us from the love of Christ!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 35 btoo figs-metaphor ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Here Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as if it were an object that someone can be separated from. He means that **Christ** cannot stop loving those who believe in him. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause Christ to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 37f666e5592cfb2d4965fe1572acf1a1ae634971 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:31:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 141/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 9 ++++----- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f400f840ef..c7ddf627c6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1880,18 +1880,17 @@ ROM 10 12 z8p4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates t ROM 10 12 j7vw figs-possession Κύριος πάντων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **Lord** who rules over **all**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Lord is ruling over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 12 r2jx figs-nominaladj πάντων…πάντας 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “is of all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means to bless others generously. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 12 oe6l figs-explicit ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 Here, **call upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who call upon him to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 12 qzs5 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 12 oe6l figs-explicit ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 Here, **call on** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who call upon him to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 cxph grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 13 t4j7 writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For Joel wrote in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 13 gpyj figs-quotemarks πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 13 qvbd figs-nominaladj πᾶς 1 See how you translated **all** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 10 13 n4yp figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 Here, **calls upon** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “calls upon the name of the Lord to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here, **the name of the Lord** represents **the Lord** himself, which Paul implies is Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +ROM 10 13 n4yp figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 See how you translated “call on” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here, **the name of the Lord** represents **the Lord** himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n ROM 10 13 rht3 figs-explicit πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here Paul implies that **the Lord** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. However, since this sentence is a quotation from the old testament, you will need to state this outside of the quotation. Alternate translation: “all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord will be saved. This Lord is Jesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? πῶς δὲ πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? πῶς δὲ ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using three rhetorical questions here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then surely they would not call on whom they have not believed! And surely they would not believe in whom they have not heard! And surely they would not hear without someone preaching!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 14 syzi grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows in [verses 14–15](../10/14.md) is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 10 14 syzi grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows in [verses 14–15](../10/14.md) is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 10 14 zqzi writing-pronouns ἐπικαλέσωνται…οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…πιστεύσωσιν…οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν 1 In this verse **they** refers to all people, both Jews and Gentiles, as stated in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would all people call … they have not believed … would all people believe in … they have not heard … would all people hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 Here, **call on** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would call on whom they have not believed to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 n02w figs-explicit ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 These clauses refer to Jesus, whom Paul called the Lord in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom they have not believed … Jesus, whom they have not heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 3dfe02f93b66602327d45681276614623ea84980 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:34:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 142/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c7ddf627c6..aec95eff16 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσητα ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? πῶς δὲ πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? πῶς δὲ ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using three rhetorical questions here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then surely they would not call on whom they have not believed! And surely they would not believe in whom they have not heard! And surely they would not hear without someone preaching!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 14 syzi grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows in [verses 14–15](../10/14.md) is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 10 14 zqzi writing-pronouns ἐπικαλέσωνται…οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…πιστεύσωσιν…οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν 1 In this verse **they** refers to all people, both Jews and Gentiles, as stated in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would all people call … they have not believed … would all people believe in … they have not heard … would all people hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 Here, **call on** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would call on whom they have not believed to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 See how you translated **call on** in [verse 12](../10/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 n02w figs-explicit ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 These clauses refer to Jesus, whom Paul called the Lord in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom they have not believed … Jesus, whom they have not heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 mrl8 figs-ellipsis οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν…κηρύσσοντος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whom they have not heard about … would they hear about him … someone preaching about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 15 hcz3 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ κηρύξωσιν ἐὰν μὴ ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul is not asking for information, but is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And sure they would not preach, unless they would be sent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 3179137e525d5045da6f27ea1923f60a44312b40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:44:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 143/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index aec95eff16..fe85751a12 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ROM 10 14 n02w figs-explicit ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 These clauses refer to Jesus, whom Paul called the Lord in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom they have not believed … Jesus, whom they have not heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 mrl8 figs-ellipsis οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν…κηρύσσοντος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whom they have not heard about … would they hear about him … someone preaching about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 15 hcz3 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ κηρύξωσιν ἐὰν μὴ ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul is not asking for information, but is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And sure they would not preach, unless they would be sent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 15 nqwf writing-pronouns κηρύξωσιν…ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news In this verse **they** refers to the people who preach, as mentioned at the end of the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would those who preach be able to preach … those preachers would be sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 15 nqwf writing-pronouns κηρύξωσιν…ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news In this verse **they** refers to the people who **preach**, as mentioned at the end of the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would those who preach be able to preach … those preachers would be sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 15 l0xu figs-activepassive ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 15 atg0 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 15 ylan figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Isaiah wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n @@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν ε ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 gxqu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 not all of them obeyed **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n ROM 10 16 hku8 writing-pronouns οὐ πάντες 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** could refer to (1) the Jews, who are the main topic of chapters 9–11. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (2) all people, as in [verses 13–15](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “not everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 16 dqe6 figs-personification ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be **obeyed**. Paul is referring to obeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeyed what God commanded in the gospel” or “believed the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n +ROM 10 16 dqe6 figs-personification ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be **obeyed**. Paul is referring to obeying the command to repent and believe the **gospel**, which is part of the **gospel** message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeyed what God commanded in the gospel” or “believed the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n From c3db8ac5afa3d29f4eeb21ec6b9cae86ce0e14cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:45:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 144/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fe85751a12..3e70494915 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1905,12 +1905,12 @@ ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautif ROM 10 16 gxqu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 not all of them obeyed **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n ROM 10 16 hku8 writing-pronouns οὐ πάντες 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** could refer to (1) the Jews, who are the main topic of chapters 9–11. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (2) all people, as in [verses 13–15](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “not everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 16 dqe6 figs-personification ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be **obeyed**. Paul is referring to obeying the command to repent and believe the **gospel**, which is part of the **gospel** message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeyed what God commanded in the gospel” or “believed the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n -ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 16 jvah figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Isaiah is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, surely no one has believed our report!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 16 z4s9 figs-exclusive τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah, which would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 10 16 z4s9 figs-exclusive τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah, which would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 10 16 yore figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **report**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “what we report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 17 hqcv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα 1 faith comes from hearing **So**, here indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–16](../10/14.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 17 xab6 figs-ellipsis ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “this faith is received by hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 219a76637cfcbee61a34bfdbbcbf2abc356526cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:49:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 145/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3e70494915..9c22d31677 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul ROM 10 16 jvah figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Isaiah is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, surely no one has believed our report!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 figs-exclusive τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah, which would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 10 16 yore figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **report**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “what we report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 10 16 yore figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **report**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what we report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 17 hqcv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα 1 faith comes from hearing **So**, here indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–16](../10/14.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 17 xab6 figs-ellipsis ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “this faith is received by hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 17 qdug figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what someone believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 6a0864bf55d753ef9aaa4c57ff96bd31b583d065 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:51:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 146/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9c22d31677..dcd7c87ef0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1913,9 +1913,9 @@ ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀ ROM 10 16 z4s9 figs-exclusive τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah, which would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 10 16 yore figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **report**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what we report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 17 hqcv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα 1 faith comes from hearing **So**, here indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–16](../10/14.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n -ROM 10 17 xab6 figs-ellipsis ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “this faith is received by hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 17 qdug figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what someone believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 17 wu5a figs-explicit ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **this faith** refers to believing in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 17 xab6 figs-ellipsis ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is received by hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 17 x765 figs-ellipsis ἀκοῆς…ἀκοὴ 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “hearing about Jesus … hearing about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 17 nq87 figs-possession ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the word** that is about **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 17 aunq figs-abstractnouns ῥήματος 1 hearing by the word of Christ See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 07aafe8dab75118f134306ac96dd019df65ea833 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:01:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 147/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dcd7c87ef0..69a5f3483c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ ROM 10 17 nq87 figs-possession ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the ROM 10 17 aunq figs-abstractnouns ῥήματος 1 hearing by the word of Christ See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 18 a8bk grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 hearing by the word of Christ **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 18 teco writing-pronouns λέγω 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n -ROM 10 18 vkvg figs-quotemarks μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν… εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting himself and the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +ROM 10 18 vkvg figs-quotemarks μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 Here Paul is quoting himself. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “They most surely heard!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 djbd figs-explicit ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **they** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 wxxj figs-doublenegatives μὴ οὐκ 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n From 27f361393d3720b3b916f477d3c4bdeb8b30f6ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:15:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 148/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 69a5f3483c..1733dccd0e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1954,14 +1954,14 @@ ROM 10 20 pp4f figs-quotemarks εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζ ROM 10 20 yoxf writing-pronouns εὑρέθην…ἐμὲ…ἐμφανὴς…ἐμὲ 1 In this verse the pronoun **I** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, was found … me; I, God, appeared … for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n ROM 10 20 wona figs-parallelism εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I was revealed to those people who did not even want to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-pastforfuture εὑρέθην…ἐμφανὴς 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Paul quotes God using the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will be found … I will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n -ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 f your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who were not seeking me found me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who were not seeking me found me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 20 t78j figs-explicit τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 I appeared These two clauses refer to non-Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the non-Jews, who were not seeking me; I appeared to the non-Jews, who were not asking for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 21 pziq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression that makes this contrast clearer. Alternate translation: “By contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n ROM 10 21 afo5 writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “to Israel God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 21 ksjg figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [verse 19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 21 tp8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 21 gtwp figs-quotemarks ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long The phrase **whole day** is an idiom used to indicate God’s continual effort. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long The phrase **whole day** is an idiom that refers to doing something continually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα\r 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of stretching out **hands** toward someone represents welcoming or inviting someone to be a friend. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I welcomed a disobedient and contrary people to be my friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 10 21 g03t figs-explicit λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people This phrase refers to **Israel**, whom God was speaking to in this quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you disobedient and contradictory people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)
* Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)
* Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)
* God will save Israel (11:15–32)
* Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”

Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) From 7910b3ba876e82f6beb9fbf5cfba8e55734be2cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:39:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 149/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1733dccd0e..ff3be4b965 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ ROM 10 21 afo5 writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγει ROM 10 21 ksjg figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [verse 19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 21 tp8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 21 gtwp figs-quotemarks ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long The phrase **whole day** is an idiom that refers to doing something continually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long The phrase **whole day** is an idiom that refers to doing something constantly or continually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα\r 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of stretching out **hands** toward someone represents welcoming or inviting someone to be a friend. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I welcomed a disobedient and contrary people to be my friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 10 21 g03t figs-explicit λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people This phrase refers to **Israel**, whom God was speaking to in this quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you disobedient and contradictory people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)
* Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)
* Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)
* God will save Israel (11:15–32)
* Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”

Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) From 16b05d720d6cc9f8173914666fb24e3b9e961546 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:40:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 150/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ff3be4b965..bcc7a01a5a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ ROM 10 21 afo5 writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγει ROM 10 21 ksjg figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [verse 19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 21 tp8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 21 gtwp figs-quotemarks ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long The phrase **whole day** is an idiom that refers to doing something constantly or continually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long **The whole day** here refers to doing something constantly or continually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα\r 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of stretching out **hands** toward someone represents welcoming or inviting someone to be a friend. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I welcomed a disobedient and contrary people to be my friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 10 21 g03t figs-explicit λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people This phrase refers to **Israel**, whom God was speaking to in this quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you disobedient and contradictory people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)
* Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)
* Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)
* God will save Israel (11:15–32)
* Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”

Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) From 17d7300f6018a11faf5479c379a352ef54d1b7c0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:44:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 151/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bcc7a01a5a..b5510e87db 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ ROM 10 5 ozvf writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς…γράφει τὴν δικαι ROM 10 5 m8my figs-pastforfuture γράφει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **writes** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about being righteous based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 5 dufv grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 10 5 jyjx figs-quotemarks 1 the righteousness that comes from the law In this sentence Paul quotes [Leviticus 18:5](../../lev/18/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +ROM 10 5 jyjx figs-quotemarks ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law In this sentence Paul quotes [Leviticus 18:5](../../lev/18/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 e3po figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul quotes Moses implying that the person must do all of **these things** perfectly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things perfectly” or “every single one of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From a11a5e8d4930068117253decf7f8a4f9c303e412 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:48:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 152/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b5510e87db..5521832d07 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ ROM 10 10 uroy figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 with the mouth See how you ROM 10 11 rlqi grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n -ROM 10 11 whdz figs-activepassive λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n +ROM 10 11 whdz figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame See how you translated this sentence in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 12 ygv8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse gives another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 12 fvlg figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not distinguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2360,4 +2360,3 @@ ROM 16 26 efyy figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here, **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will believe and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 6 s2ma 0 Paul emphasizes that those who are born in the family of Israel can really only be a true part of Israel through faith. From 988e3f1a84dbc331fe8702c2c1d82a2c21b89d72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:50:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 153/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5521832d07..29c385f59a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ ROM 10 9 q5un grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 if with your mouth you con ROM 10 9 pawz figs-youcrowd ὁμολογήσῃς…σου…σου…σωθήσῃ 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Paul addresses his readers as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular. See how you translated **you** and **your** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 9 tz7r figs-explicit ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord This phrase indicates the means by which a person confesses **Jesus is Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by using your mouth you confess, ‘Jesus is Lord’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart See how you translated this phrase in [verses 6](../10/06.md) and [8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 10 iv0v grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ…πιστεύεται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 3431fd0646bee5479da01d7dfa598506b62dd899 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:56:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 154/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 29c385f59a..cd945384dd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ ROM 8 7 srp9 figs-personification τῷ…νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ROM 8 7 brde grammar-collectivenouns τῷ…νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [7:22](../07/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 8 7 bhje grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 8 me7u figs-metaphor οἱ…ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες 1 Those who are in the flesh See how you translated this phrase in [7:5](../07/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 9 vdhw δὲ 1 **However** here indicates a strong contrast between people who have “the mindset of the flesh” referred to in the previous verse and the believers to whom Paul is writing this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 8 9 vdhw grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **However** here indicates a strong contrast between people who have “the mindset of the flesh” referred to in the previous verse and the believers to whom Paul is writing this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 8 9 iybo figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἐστὲ 1 Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize the contrast between his Christian readers and people who live **in the flesh**. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “However, you are truly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 8 9 czm9 figs-metaphor ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 9 e54u figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the Spirit** as if he were a location that someone could be **in**. He could mean: (1) believers are controlled by the Holy Spirit, which is how **in** is used earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “controlled by the Spirit” (2) believers are united with the Holy Spirit, which is how Paul used **in** in [verse 1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “united with the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 25dc566fe55e71a456137efa9b8111c2c19bfed9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:57:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 155/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index cd945384dd..7fb9086833 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ ROM 7 24 md8e figs-possession τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου το ROM 7 24 q74f figs-metaphor τοῦ θανάτου τούτου 1 this body of death Here, **this death** could refer to: (1) physical death. Alternate translation: “that dies” (2) spiritual death. Alternate translation: “of this spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 25 w9ui figs-exclamations χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord This sentence is an exclamation that communicates joy. It is the answer to the rhetorical question that Paul asked in the previous verse. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating joy. Alternate translation: “Oh, how thankful I am to God through Jesus Christ our Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 7 25 omjd figs-ellipsis χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Thanks be to God who did this through Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 7 25 evnn grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–24](../07/24.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 7 25 evnn grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–24](../07/14.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 7 25 adx1 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 1 So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin Paul uses the phrase **I myself** to emphasize the contrast between himself and the sin that causes him to do what he does not want to do. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “it is indeed I who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 7 25 sxn3 figs-personification τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively **the law of God** and **the law of sin** as if they were people whom he could **serve**. He means that he wants to obey **the law of God** but often obeys his desire to sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey the law of God with the mind, but with the flesh, I obey the law of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 25 e163 figs-explicit νοῒ 1 See how you translated **mind** in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From d217bdd7117509a7ae88af7d8f78d002c8f35b7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:58:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 156/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7fb9086833..b814ffa982 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ ROM 7 23 fct8 figs-explicit ἕτερον νόμον 1 a different principle in ROM 7 23 ijp9 figs-personification ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **a different law** as if it were a person who could fight within someone’s body parts. He means that his sinful desires caused him to use his body to do sinful things that he did not want to do. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were causing me to use my members to sin in opposition to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 23 v8d8 τοῖς μέλεσίν…τοῖς μέλεσίν 2 See how you translated **members** in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 7 23 t7yh figs-possession τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου 1 Here, **the law of my mind** could refer to: (1) a principle that Paul thinks, which is the delight for God’s laws that he said in the previous verse is in his “inner man.” Alternate translation: “the principle I have thought” or “the principle in my mind” (2) the laws God gave the Jews, which Paul says that he serves with his mind in [verse 25](../07/25.md). Alternate translation: “God’s law that is in my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 7 23 i8w4 figs-possession αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **a different law** as if it were a person who could take someone **captive**. He means that his sinful desires controlled him against his will. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 23 i8w4 figs-personification αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **a different law** as if it were a person who could take someone **captive**. He means that his sinful desires controlled him against his will. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 23 u4ny figs-metaphor τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 Here **the law of the sin** could refer to: (1) that principle that people have a sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the law that is my sinful nature” (2) the laws God gave the Jews, which Paul previously said in [verse 5](../07/05.md) stimulate people to sin more. Alternate translation: “God’s laws that stimulate sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 23 po29 figs-metaphor τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the law of the sin** as if it were something that could be inside someone. He means he has a sinful nature that influences what he does with his body parts. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that influences what I do with my members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 24 nu6u figs-exclamations ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος! 1 deliver me This sentence is an exclamation that communicates despair. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Oh, how miserable I am!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) From 5d9cfe5faf463cf7c751bbdd7cf127dd79d60c02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 18:00:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 157/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b814ffa982..8ef898935e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ ROM 7 11 qljg writing-pronouns δι’ αὐτῆς 1 sin The pronoun **it** ref ROM 7 11 f6sx figs-personification ἀπέκτεινεν 1 it killed me Here Paul speaks of **sin** figuratively as if it were a person who could kill people. Paul means that his desire to sin caused him to disobey God’s law, which resulted in Paul being spiritually dead. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 12 h0li grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–11](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 12 i3ka figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐντολὴ 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 9](../07/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 13 us69 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 So **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–12](../07/12.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 13 us69 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 So **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–12](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ…ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος? 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the law did not directly cause him to become spiritually dead. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “surely what is good did not become death to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 13 g451 figs-explicit τὸ…ἀγαθὸν…διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ 1 what is good Here, **what is good** refers to the law. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s good laws … through those good laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 13 qwe9 figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me Here Paul speaks of the law figuratively as if it could **become death**. Paul is referring to the idea that God’s laws directly caused him to become spiritually dead. He rejects this idea in the next sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did … cause me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ ROM 7 19 j69g figs-ellipsis ὃ θέλω…ἀγαθόν…ὃ οὐ θέλω κ ROM 7 20 kfvj grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ 1 See how you translated this clause in [verse 16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 7 20 sk9q οὐκέτι ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι αὐτὸ, ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 See how you translated these clauses in [verse 17](../07/17.md). ROM 7 21 rqfu figs-metaphor εὑρίσκω 1 that evil is actually present in me Here Paul speaks figuratively of a **law** as if it were an object that he could **find**. Paul means that he realized the **law** that is described in the rest of the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I realized that there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 21 qae3 figs-metaphor ἄρα 1 that evil is actually present in me Here, **then** introduces a result clause. [Verses 21–25](../07/21.md) describe the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../07/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 21 qae3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα 1 that evil is actually present in me Here, **then** introduces a result clause. [Verses 21–25](../07/21.md) describe the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../07/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 21 y5vo figs-explicit τὸν νόμον 1 that evil is actually present in me Here, **law** refers to a rule or principle. It does not refer to the laws God gave the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this rule” or “a different kind of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 21 xxq9 figs-infostructure τῷ θέλοντι ἐμοὶ ποιεῖν τὸ καλὸν, ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 that evil is actually present in me If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “that evil is present in me, in me the one wanting to do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 7 21 mo4r figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ…ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 Here Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were an object that could be inside a person. Paul means that he does evil deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I … I do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 7687488daf25351a261b1a152318ee974daaef9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 18:01:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 158/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8ef898935e..9e4d25a009 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ ROM 7 8 fh6x figs-explicit τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 Here, **the commandment** ROM 7 8 w6ah figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **commandment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 7 8 zeb5 figs-abstractnouns ἐπιθυμίαν 1 See how you translated **covetousness** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 7 8 r5i2 figs-personification χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά 1 without the law, sin is dead Here Paul speaks of **sin** figuratively as if it were someone who could be **dead**. Paul means that his desire to **sin** would not have increased if God had not given his laws. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if there were no law, my desire to sin would not have been stimulated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 9 cag9 figs-metaphor χωρὶς νόμου 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively about the **law** as if it did not exist before he knew about it. Paul means that he not aware of God’s law **at one time**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while unaware of the law” or “without knowledge of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 9 cag9 figs-metaphor χωρὶς νόμου 1 Here Paul speaks about the **law** as if it did not exist before he knew about it. Paul means that he not aware of God’s law **at one time**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while unaware of the law” or “without knowledge of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 9 sz5q figs-personification ἐλθούσης…τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the commandment** as if it were a person who could **come** to Paul. He means that he became aware of **the commandment**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when I became aware of the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 9 i90y figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 See how you translated these abstract nouns in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 7 9 d4wm figs-explicit τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 Here, **the commandment** could refer to: (1) all the commandments that make up God’s law. Alternate translation: “God’s commandments” (2) **the commandment** against coveting, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the commandment against coveting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 8299072cd7f454a34d59c016e0fa6419a1f3be99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 18:07:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 159/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9e4d25a009..50b73bec29 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ ROM 6 21 pnbm figs-explicit ἐφ’ οἷς…ἐκείνων 1 At that time, w ROM 6 21 j2ie figs-abstractnouns τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **outcome** and **death**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “For those things finally result in you dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 21 tj21 figs-explicit θάνατος 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [verse 16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 22 x8vw grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δέ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God **But now** introduces a contrast with the previous two verses, a contrast that focuses on time. The word translated **now** refers to the time after the Roman believers became Christians. If this contrast would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “But now that you believe in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 6 22 cqlf grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God This clause indicates the reason why Paul’s readers have **fruit leading to sanctification**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because you have been freed from sin and have been enslaved to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 6 22 cqlf grammar-connect-logic-result ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God This clause indicates the reason why Paul’s readers have **fruit leading to sanctification**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because you have been freed from sin and have been enslaved to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 22 fmtc figs-personification ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God Here, **sin** and **God** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that Christians are no longer controlled by their desire to sin, but are supposed to obey **God** instead. See a similar phrase in [verse 18](../06/18.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been freed from having to live sinfully and having began to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 22 z3ap figs-activepassive ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God having freed you from sin and having enslaved you to himself” or “God having released you from being controlled by your sin and having caused you to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-idiom ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification See how you translated **fruit** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ ROM 6 23 pizh figs-explicit θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death Here ROM 6 23 slyb figs-abstractnouns θάνατος; τὸ…χάρισμα…ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 For the wages of sin are death See how you translated the abstract nouns **death** in [verse 21](../06/21.md), **gracious gift** in [5:15–16](../05/15.md), and **eternal life** in [verse 22](../06/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 23 cwkw figs-possession τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gracious gift** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious gift” or “the gracious gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 23 jn66 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks figuratively of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus**, as stated in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Law”

Throughout most of this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. However, in [verses 21–25](../07/21.md) Paul uses the word “law” in several different ways. Each of these different uses will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Marriage

Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all Jewish believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 1](../07/01.md) and [4](../07/04.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)\n * Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)\n * Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)\n * Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)\n * The law is not sinful (7:7–12)\n * Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Law”\n\nThroughout most of this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. However, in [verses 21–25](../07/21.md) Paul uses the word “law” in several different ways. Each of these different uses will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Marriage\n\nScripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all Jewish believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 1](../07/01.md) and [4](../07/04.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the Law of Moses his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know, brothers (for I am speaking to those who know the law), that the law is lord of the man for as long as he lives!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί…τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** and **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish believers … a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 7 1 s4su (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) 1 brothers Here Paul interrupts himself in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers in the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate this. From 25846d4922042170ebf07c7bae99079624a2b6f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 18:07:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 160/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 50b73bec29..1ff4ebabd8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ ROM 6 10 e290 writing-pronouns ὃ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to ROM 6 10 aw31 figs-metaphor τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **to sin** implies that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin.” It does not mean that Jesus himself was ever controlled by sin before he died. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of removing sin’s control over people” or “he died to stop sin from controlling people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 10 j7bl writing-pronouns ὃ 2 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **that which** refers to Christ’s life after God raised him from the dead. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the life which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 10 z4yb figs-explicit ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **to God** implies that Christ now lives for the sake of glorifying God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “he lives for the sake of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 11 zjjv figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 In the same way, you also must consider Throughout [verses 11–23](../06/11/.md), the pronouns **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the believers in Rome to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 6 11 zjjv figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 In the same way, you also must consider Throughout [verses 11–23](../06/11.md), the pronouns **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the believers in Rome to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 6 11 dw6l figs-metaphor εἶναι νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 dead to sin See how you translated “died to sin” in [verse 2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 11 bjxg figs-explicit ζῶντας…τῷ Θεῷ 1 dead to sin See how you translated the similar phrase “he lives to God” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 11 nkvd figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 dead to sin See how you translated this phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 204197790a35626873fa464dfdb34451393f7676 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 18:11:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 161/161] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1ff4ebabd8..8cca0b94e4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυ ROM 6 9 kl3e figs-abstractnouns θάνατος 1 from the dead See how you translated the abstract noun **death** in [verse 4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 10 ehi9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Christ “no longer dies,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 10 e290 writing-pronouns ὃ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **that which** refers to Christ’s death and life. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the death which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 6 10 aw31 figs-metaphor τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **to sin** implies that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin.” It does not mean that Jesus himself was ever controlled by sin before he died. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of removing sin’s control over people” or “he died to stop sin from controlling people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 10 aw31 figs-explicit τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **to sin** implies that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin.” It does not mean that Jesus himself was ever controlled by sin before he died. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of removing sin’s control over people” or “he died to stop sin from controlling people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 10 j7bl writing-pronouns ὃ 2 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **that which** refers to Christ’s life after God raised him from the dead. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the life which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 10 z4yb figs-explicit ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **to God** implies that Christ now lives for the sake of glorifying God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “he lives for the sake of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 11 zjjv figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 In the same way, you also must consider Throughout [verses 11–23](../06/11.md), the pronouns **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the believers in Rome to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])